Download - 212480000e03.pdf DRFU BTS
Alcatel-Lucent GSM
G2 BTS Hardware Description
BTS Document
Sub-System Description
Release B10
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
Status RELEASED
Short title G2 BTS HW. Descr.
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, useand communication of its contents not permitted without writtenauthorization from Alcatel-Lucent.
BLANK PAGE BREAK
2 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
Contents
Contents
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211.1 BTS Submodules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221.2 Alphabetical Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251.3 Common Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.3.1 Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281.3.2 Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281.3.3 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281.3.4 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2 DRFU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302.2 SCP Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.2.1 Functional Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312.2.2 QUICC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312.2.3 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312.2.4 TKBUS Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322.2.5 SCP Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.3 MFP Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332.3.1 DSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332.3.2 MFP Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332.3.3 DPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332.3.4 MFP Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.4 TGU Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342.5 TRXMUX Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2.5.1 Time Slot Assigner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352.5.2 Downlink Reformatter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352.5.3 Status and Control Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2.6 Encoder Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362.7 Decoder Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362.8 Demodulator Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372.9 Baseband Interface Encryption/Decryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382.10 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
2.10.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392.10.2 External Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422.10.3 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422.10.4 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422.10.5 Electrical Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
2.11 DRFU Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432.11.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432.11.2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442.11.3 DRFU Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3 DRFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.1.1 G1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483.1.2 Self-test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.2 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493.2.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493.2.2 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493.2.3 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493.2.4 Electrical Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.3 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503.3.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513.3.2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 3 / 288
Contents
4 FUCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544.2 MFP Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564.3 SCP Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.3.1 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574.3.2 Serial Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574.3.3 Interrupt Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584.3.4 LAPD Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584.3.5 Reset and Watchdog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584.3.6 Token Bus Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
4.4 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594.4.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594.4.2 Reset Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594.4.3 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594.4.4 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
4.5 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604.5.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604.5.2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614.5.3 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624.5.4 Backplane Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
5 FICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645.2 FICE Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
5.2.1 Master Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665.2.2 Channel Encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665.2.3 Frequency Hopping Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685.2.4 Base Station Interface Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685.2.5 Frame Clock Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
5.3 Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695.3.1 Internal Control Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695.3.2 Station Unit Clock Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695.3.3 Clock Driver Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695.3.4 Internal Parallel Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695.3.5 Base Station Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695.3.6 LAPD Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695.3.7 Frequency Hopping Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
5.4 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705.4.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705.4.2 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705.4.3 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
5.5 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715.5.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715.5.2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725.5.3 Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735.5.4 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765.5.5 Backplane Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
6 DADE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786.2 DADE Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
6.2.1 ICI Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796.2.2 Demodulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806.2.3 Decryption Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806.2.4 Decoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 816.2.5 Arbiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826.2.6 Watchdog Reset and Clock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826.2.7 Reset Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
4 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
Contents
6.2.8 Clock Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836.3 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
6.3.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836.3.2 Reset Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836.3.3 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836.3.4 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
6.4 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846.4.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846.4.2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856.4.3 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866.4.4 Backplane Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
7 SCFE/SACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 877.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887.2 OMU Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
7.2.1 Microprocessor and Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 897.2.2 Timing and Control Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.2.3 Driver Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.2.4 Token Bus Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.2.5 Asynchronous Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.2.6 Base Station Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
7.3 EACU Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917.3.1 Microcontroller and Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917.3.2 Input/Output System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927.3.3 Timing and Control Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927.3.4 Q1 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
7.4 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937.4.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937.4.2 Reset Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957.4.3 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957.4.4 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
7.5 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 967.5.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 967.5.2 SCFE Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977.5.3 SACE Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987.5.4 Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997.5.5 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1038.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048.2 STSE Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
8.2.1 Module Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1068.2.2 STSE Master Frequency Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1068.2.3 STSP Master Frequency Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1068.2.4 STSE/STSP Master Clock and Frame Number Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1078.2.5 STSR Master Clock and Frame Number Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1088.2.6 Clock Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098.2.7 Frequency Hopping Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
8.3 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118.3.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118.3.2 Trimming Potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118.3.3 Reset Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118.3.4 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118.3.5 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
8.4 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1128.4.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1128.4.2 STSE Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138.4.3 STSP/STSR Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 5 / 288
Contents
8.4.4 Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1158.4.5 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
9 RTED/RTEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
9.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209.1.1 RTE Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209.1.2 Functional Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
9.2 Receiver Board Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219.3 Digital Processing Unit Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219.4 Transmitter Board Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1229.5 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
9.5.1 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1229.5.2 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
9.6 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1239.6.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1239.6.2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1239.6.3 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1249.6.4 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
10 TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12510.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
10.1.1 Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12610.1.2 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
10.2 Transmitter Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12710.2.1 Carrier Unit Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12810.2.2 Power Control and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12910.2.3 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12910.2.4 GMSK Modulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12910.2.5 I/Q Modulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12910.2.6 Upconverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12910.2.7 Power Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13010.2.8 Power Coupling and Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13010.2.9 Transmitter Frequency Synthesizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
10.3 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13110.3.1 Display States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13110.3.2 Fatal Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13210.3.3 DCL2 Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13210.3.4 Alarm Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13310.3.5 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13410.3.6 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13410.3.7 Output Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
10.4 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13510.4.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13510.4.2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13610.4.3 Output Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13610.4.4 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
11 RXDD/RXGD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
11.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14011.1.1 Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14011.1.2 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14011.1.3 Functional Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
11.2 ARXE Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14211.2.1 Signal Paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14211.2.2 Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
11.3 Digital Board Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14211.3.1 DSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14211.3.2 A-D Converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
11.4 SRXE Board Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
6 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
Contents
11.4.1 Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14311.4.2 Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
11.5 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14311.5.1 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14311.5.2 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
11.6 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14411.6.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14411.6.2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14511.6.3 RF Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14511.6.4 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
12 FED8/FEG2/FEG8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
12.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14812.1.1 RFE Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14812.1.2 GSM 900 RFEs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14812.1.3 GSM 1800 RFEs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
12.2 RFE Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14912.2.1 RF Bandpass Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14912.2.2 Directional Coupler and Test Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14912.2.3 Step Attenuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15012.2.4 Amplifier Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15012.2.5 Power Splitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15012.2.6 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
12.3 Antenna Diversity Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15112.3.1 FEG2/FEG8 only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15112.3.2 FED8 only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
12.4 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15212.4.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15212.4.2 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15212.4.3 Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
12.5 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15412.5.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15412.5.2 Front Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15512.5.3 Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15712.5.4 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15913.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16013.2 TMAD/TMAG Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
13.2.1 Functional Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16113.2.2 Band Pass Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16213.2.3 Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16213.2.4 Pilot Tone Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16213.2.5 Pilot Tone Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16213.2.6 Low Noise Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16213.2.7 Remote DC Feed T-Junction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16213.2.8 DC/DC Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16213.2.9 Overvoltage Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16213.2.10 Control Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
13.3 RMCD/RMCG Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16413.3.1 Overvoltage/Lightning Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16513.3.2 Remote DC Feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16513.3.3 Continuously Variable Attenuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16513.3.4 Pilot Tone Detector 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16513.3.5 Test Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16613.3.6 Amplification Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16613.3.7 Pilot Tone Detector 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16613.3.8 One-to-Eight Power Splitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 7 / 288
Contents
13.3.9 Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16613.3.10 Band Pass Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16613.3.11 Control Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
13.4 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16713.4.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16713.4.2 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16813.4.3 Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16813.4.4 Special Environmental Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
13.5 TMAD/TMAG Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17013.5.1 Dimensions and Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17013.5.2 Front and Side Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17113.5.3 RF Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
13.6 RMCD/RMCG Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17213.6.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17213.6.2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17313.6.3 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
14.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17614.1.1 GSM 900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17614.1.2 GSM 1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17614.1.3 Logical Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
14.2 RTC Functional Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17714.2.1 Forem GSM 1800 RTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17814.2.2 Forem GSM RTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17914.2.3 Celwave GSM RTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18014.2.4 Celwave GSM 1800 RTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18114.2.5 BCCH-Carrier Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18214.2.6 Isolators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18214.2.7 Cavity Block and Cable Harness/Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
14.3 Forem RTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18314.3.1 Transmit Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18314.3.2 Antenna VSWR Alarm Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18314.3.3 Microcontrollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18414.3.4 DC/DC Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
14.4 Celwave RTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18514.4.1 Transmit Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18514.4.2 VSWR Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18514.4.3 Motherboard/Control Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
14.5 GSM RTC Extension/Modularity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18614.6 Adjustments and Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
14.6.1 Initial Cavity Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18614.6.2 Operational Periodic Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
14.7 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18714.7.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18714.7.2 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18714.7.3 Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18714.7.4 Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
14.8 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18914.8.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18914.8.2 Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19915.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
15.1.1 WBC Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20015.1.2 DUPG/DUPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20015.1.3 DUD2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20115.1.4 WBC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
8 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
Contents
15.1.5 DUPD/DUPG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20315.1.6 DUD2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
15.2 WBC Functional Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20515.2.1 Isolator with Power Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20515.2.2 Summing Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20515.2.3 Transmitter Module (WBC and DUD2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20615.2.4 Transmit-Receive Module (DUPD/DUPG/DUD2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20615.2.5 Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20715.2.6 Control Board (DUD2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
15.3 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20815.3.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20815.3.2 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20915.3.3 Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
15.4 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21015.4.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21015.4.2 Front Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21015.4.3 Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21215.4.4 Rear Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
16 ADPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
16.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21616.2 Alcatel-Lucent Mobile Communications’ ADPS Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
16.2.1 Common Mode Choke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21716.2.2 AC/DC Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21816.2.3 Power Factor and Switch-on Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21816.2.4 Battery Inhibit Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21816.2.5 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21816.2.6 DC/DC Converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21816.2.7 Capacitor-Choke-Capacitor Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21816.2.8 Inhibit Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21816.2.9 Output Voltage Monitor and Alarm Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
16.3 Alcatel-Lucent Converters’ ADPS Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21916.3.1 Input Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22016.3.2 Inrush Current Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22016.3.3 AC/DC Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22016.3.4 DC/DC Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22016.3.5 Output Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22016.3.6 Converter Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22016.3.7 Overvoltage Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22116.3.8 Output Voltage/Current Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22116.3.9 Output Voltage Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22116.3.10 Undervoltage for AC/DC Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22116.3.11 Power Fail Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
16.4 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22216.4.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22216.4.2 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22216.4.3 Output Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
16.5 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22316.5.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22416.5.2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22416.5.3 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
17 MBPS/FCPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22717.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22817.2 DC/DC Power Supplies Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
17.2.1 MBPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22917.2.2 FCPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23017.2.3 Input Filter and Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 9 / 288
Contents
17.2.4 Auxiliary and Monitor Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23117.2.5 DC/DC Converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23117.2.6 Output Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
17.3 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23317.3.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23317.3.2 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23317.3.3 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23317.3.4 FCPS Output Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23417.3.5 MBPS Output Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23417.3.6 Safety Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23517.3.7 Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23517.3.8 Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
17.4 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23617.4.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23617.4.2 MBPS Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23717.4.3 MBPS Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23817.4.4 FCPS Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23917.4.5 FCPS Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
17.5 Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24117.5.1 Climatic Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24117.5.2 Mechanical Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
17.6 EMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24217.6.1 Low Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24217.6.2 High Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24217.6.3 Immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
17.7 ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
18 DCDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24518.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
18.1.1 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24618.1.2 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24618.1.3 Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
18.2 DCDB Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24718.2.1 Input Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24718.2.2 Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24718.2.3 Output Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
18.3 Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24818.3.1 Mini-BTS with Two Subracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24818.3.2 BTS with up to Eight Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24918.3.3 Indoor Sectorized BTS with 3 x 2 Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25018.3.4 Outdoor Sectorized BTS with 3 x 2 Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
18.4 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25218.4.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25218.4.2 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
19 SMBI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
19.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25619.2 SMBI Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
19.2.1 Functional Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25719.2.2 G.703 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25819.2.3 Multiplexer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25819.2.4 Central Clock Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25819.2.5 Framer/G.704 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25819.2.6 PCM Time Slot Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25819.2.7 Bit Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25919.2.8 Microcontroller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
19.3 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26019.3.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
10 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
Contents
19.3.2 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26219.3.3 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26219.3.4 DIP Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26219.3.5 Abis Interface Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
19.4 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26419.4.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26419.4.2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26519.4.3 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26619.4.4 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
20 CFU1/CFUA/CFUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26920.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
20.1.1 Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27020.1.2 Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27120.1.3 Typical Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
20.2 Functional Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27320.2.1 Fans and Speed Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27320.2.2 DC/DC Converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27320.2.3 Control Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
20.3 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27420.3.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27420.3.2 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
20.4 CFU1 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27420.4.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27420.4.2 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
20.5 CFUT Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27620.5.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27620.5.2 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
20.6 CFUA Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27820.6.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27820.6.2 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
21 MCIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
21.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28021.2 O&M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
21.2.1 External Alarm Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28021.2.2 Q1 Test Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28021.2.3 Jumper Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
21.3 Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28121.3.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28121.3.2 Front and Side View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28221.3.3 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28321.3.4 Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
22 CUDP/FUDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28522.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28622.2 CUDP Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28622.3 FUDP Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28722.4 Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28822.5 Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 11 / 288
Figures
FiguresFigure 1: DRFU Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Figure 2: DRFU Front Panel Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Figure 3: DRFU Side View Showing the Position of the DFCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Figure 4: DRFE Front Panel Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Figure 5: FUCO Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Figure 6: FUCO Front Panel Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Figure 7: FUCO Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Figure 8: FICE Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Figure 9: Channel Encoder Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Figure 10: FICE Front Panel Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Figure 11: FICE Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Figure 12: DADE Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Figure 13: DADE Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Figure 14: DADE Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Figure 15: OMU Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Figure 16: EACU Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Figure 17: SCFE Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Figure 18: SACE Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Figure 19: SCFE/SACE Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Figure 20: STSE Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Figure 21: STSE Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Figure 22: STSP/STSR Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Figure 23: STSE Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Figure 24: RTE Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Figure 25: RTE Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Figure 26: RTE Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Figure 27: Transmitter Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Figure 28: Transmitter Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Figure 29: Transmitter Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Figure 30: Receiver Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Figure 31: Receiver Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Figure 32: Receiver Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Figure 33: FED8 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Figure 34: FEG2 and FEG8 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Figure 35: FEG2 Front Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Figure 36: FEG8 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Figure 37: FED8 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Figure 38: RFE Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Figure 39: Antenna Pre-amplifier Logical Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
12 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
Figures
Figure 40: Tower Mounted Amplifier Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Figure 41: Receiver Multicoupler Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Figure 42: Tower Mounted Amplifier Front and Side Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Figure 43: Receiver Multicoupler Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Figure 44: Receiver Multicoupler Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Figure 45: RTC Logical Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Figure 46: Forem RC4D/RC8D Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Figure 47: FRBG/FREG Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Figure 48: CRBG/CREG Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Figure 49: Celwave RC4D/RC8D Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Figure 50: FRBG Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Figure 51: FRBG Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Figure 52: FREG Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Figure 53: FREG Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Figure 54: Forem RC4D Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Figure 55: Forem RC8D Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Figure 56: Forem RC4D/RC8D Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Figure 57: CRBG Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Figure 58: CRBG Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Figure 59: CREG Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Figure 60: CREG Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Figure 61: Celwave RC4D Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Figure 62: Celwave RC8D Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Figure 63: Celwave RC4D/RC8D Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Figure 64: WBC Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Figure 65: DUPD/DUPG Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Figure 66: DUD2 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Figure 67: Forem WBC Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Figure 68: Celwave WBC Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Figure 69: DUPD Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Figure 70: DUD2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Figure 71: DUPG Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Figure 72: WBC/DUPD Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Figure 73: DUD2 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Figure 74: DUPG Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Figure 75: Alcatel-Lucent Mobile Communications’ ADPS Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Figure 76: Alcatel-Lucent Converters’ ADPS Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Figure 77: ADPS Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Figure 78: ADPS Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Figure 79: MBPS Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 13 / 288
Figures
Figure 80: FCPS Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Figure 81: MBPS Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Figure 82: MBPS Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Figure 83: FCPS Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Figure 84: FCPS Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Figure 85: DCDB in a Mini-BTS with Two Subracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Figure 86: DCDB in a Mini-BTS with Two Subracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Figure 87: DCDB in a BTS with up to Eight Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Figure 88: DCDB in a Sectorized Indoor BTS with 3 x 2 Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Figure 89: DCDB in a Sectorized Outdoor BTS with 3 x 2 Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Figure 90: DCDB Equipment Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Figure 91: SMBI Logical Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Figure 92: SMBI Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Figure 93: Typical Abis Interface to BSI Mapping at a BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Figure 94: Abis Interface Impedance Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Figure 95: SMBI Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Figure 96: SMBI Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Figure 97: CFU1, CFUT, CFUA and Temperature Sensor Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Figure 98: CFU1 and CFUT/CFUA Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Figure 99: CFU1 Mechanical Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Figure 100: CFUT Mechanical Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Figure 101: CFUA Mechanical Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Figure 102: MCIB Front and Side Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Figure 103: Equipped MCIB Rear View Inside the MCI2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Figure 104: CUDP Front Panel and Backplane Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Figure 105: FUDP Front Panel and Backplane Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
14 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
Tables
TablesTable 1: Alphabetical Submodule Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Table 2: SCP Logic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Table 3: DRFU Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Table 4: Status LEDs Y1 - Y4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Table 5: Channel Use Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Table 6: DRFU External Interface Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Table 7: DRFE Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Table 8: DRFE Electrical Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Table 9: DRFE Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Table 10: FUCO Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Table 11: FUCO Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Table 12: FICE Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Table 13: FICE Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Table 14: FICE Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Table 15: FICE BSIA Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Table 16: FICE BSIB Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Table 17: FICE BSSTE Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Table 18: FICE FHI/FUTA Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Table 19: Arbiter-generated Triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Table 20: Arbiter-generated Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Table 21: DADE Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Table 22: DADE Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Table 23: SCFE Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Table 24: OMU Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Table 25: EACU LEDs Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Table 26: SCFE/SACE Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Table 27: SCFE Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Table 28: SCFE MMI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Table 29: SACE MMI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Table 30: SCFE/SACE EAC Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Table 31: STSE Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Table 32: STSE/STSP/STSR Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Table 33: STSE Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Table 34: STSE MMI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Table 35: STSE TEST Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Table 36: STSE CLK IN Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Table 37: RTE Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Table 38: Transmitter Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Table 39: Transmitter Display States During Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 15 / 288
Tables
Table 40: Transmitter Initialization Fatal Error Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Table 41: DCL2 Error Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Table 42: Normal Operation Alarm Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Table 43: Transmitter Output Powers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Table 44: Transmitter Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Table 45: Receiver Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Table 46: RFE Alarm Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Table 47: RFE Control Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Table 48: RFE Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Table 49: RFE Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Table 50: RFE Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Table 51: Antenna Pre-amplifier Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Table 52: Antenna Pre-amplifier Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Table 53: RMCD/RMCG Alarm and Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Table 54: Receiver Multicoupler/Tower Mounted Amplifier Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Table 55: Tower Mounted Amplifier Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Table 56: Receiver Multicoupler Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Table 57: RTC LED Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Table 58: RTC Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Table 59: RTC Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Table 60: FRBG/CRBG/RC4D/RC8D RS-232 Front Panel Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Table 61: WBC LED Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Table 62: WBC Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Table 63: WBC Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Table 64: ADPS LED Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Table 65: ADPS Basic Output Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Table 66: ADPS Dynamic Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Table 67: ADPS Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Table 68: Power Supply LED Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Table 69: FCPS Output Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Table 70: Additional MBPS Output Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Table 71: MBPS/FCPS Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Table 72: DC/DC Power Supplies Climatic Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Table 73: DC/DC Power Supplies Mechanical Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Table 74: DC/DC Power Supplies EN 55022 Class B Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Table 75: DCDB Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Table 76: LEDs A1/A2 on SMBI in Ring Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Table 77: LED A1 on SMBI in Star Configuration or End of Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Table 78: LED A1 on Second SMBI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Table 79: Abis Interface Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
16 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
Tables
Table 80: SMBI Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Table 81: SMBI Front Panel Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Table 82: Cooling Fan Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Table 83: Control Board Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Table 84: CFU1 Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Table 85: CFUT Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Table 86: CFUA Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Table 87: MCIB Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Table 88: Types of Dummy Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 17 / 288
Tables
18 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
Preface
Preface
Purpose This document describes the hardware submodules used in the GenerationTwo family of Base Transceiver Station equipment.
This document is applicable to all hardware generations and variants, includingboth GSM 900 and GSM 1800. GSM 1800 is also known as Digital CellularSystem.
What’s New In Edition 03Update for new equipment naming.
In Edition 02Update of system title.
In Edition 01First oficial release of document.
Audience This manual is intended for:
Commissioning personnel
System support engineers
Training department (for reference use)
Any other personnel interested in the BTS hardware.
Assumed Knowledge The reader must have a general knowledge of mobile telecommunicationssystems, terminology and BTS functions.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 19 / 288
Preface
20 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
1 Introduction
1 Introduction
The Introduction contains listings of, and references to, the submodulesdescribed in this document.
Submodules are listed in both module/functional unit order, and alphabeticalorder.
This chapter also contains general information applicable to all submodules.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 21 / 288
1 Introduction
1.1 BTS SubmodulesThis document describes the hardware of the G2 BTS submodules,Replaceable Items. These are arranged in the following order:
Frame Unit submodules
Station Unit submodules
Carrier Unit submodules
Coupling Unit submodules
Miscellaneous submodules.
Miscellaneous submodules are those which do not form part of a BTSfunctional unit.
Unit Name Submodule Type Submodule Name
DRFUSingle-Boards
DRFE
FUCO
FICE
Frame Unit
Three-Boards
DADE
SCFEControl
SACE
STSE
STSR
Timing and Switching
STSP
ESTSExtended Cell Timing
ESTR
RTEG
Station Unit
RTE
RTED
TXGM
TXGH
Transmitter
TXDH
Extended Cell TEGM
RXGD
Carrier Unit
Receiver
RXDD
22 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
1 Introduction
Unit Name Submodule Type Submodule Name
FEG2
FEG8
RFE
FED8
RMCG
TMAG
RMCD
Receiver Multicoupler
TMAD
FRBG
FREG
CRBG
CREG
RC4D
RTC
RC8D
WB1G
WB2G
WB2D
DUD2
DUPG
Coupling Unit
WBC
DUPD
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 23 / 288
1 Introduction
Unit Name Submodule Type Submodule Name
ADPS (AC/DC)
MBPS (DC/DC)
Power Supply
FCPS (DC/DC)
Power Distribution DCDB
BIE SMBI
CFU1
CFUT
CFU
CFUA
Connection Box MCIB
CUDP
Miscellaneous
Dummy Front Panels
FUDP
24 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
1 Introduction
1.2 Alphabetical ListingThe following table alphabetically lists all the indoor BTS submodules, withchapter references.
Submodule Reference
ADPS ADPS (Section 16)
CFU1 CFU1/CFUA/CFUT (Section 20)
CFUA CFU1/CFUA/CFUT (Section 20)
CFUT CFU1/CFUA/CFUT (Section 20)
CRBG CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D(Section 14)
CREG CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D(Section 14)
CUDP CUDP/FUDP (Section 22)
DADE 6
DCDB DCDB (Section 18)
DRFE DRFE (Section 3)
DRFU DRFU (Section 2)
DUD2 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG(Section 15)
DUPD WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG(Section 15)
DUPG WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG(Section 15)
ESTR STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR(Section 8)
ESTS STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR(Section 8)
FCPS MBPS/FCPS (Section 17)
FED8 FED8/FEG2/FEG8 (Section 12)
FEG2 FED8/FEG2/FEG8 (Section 12)
FEG8 FED8/FEG2/FEG8 (Section 12)
FICE FICE (Section 5)
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 25 / 288
1 Introduction
Submodule Reference
FRBG CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D(Section 14)
FREG CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D(Section 14)
FUCO FUCO (Section 4)
FUDP CUDP/FUDP (Section 22)
MBPS MBPS/FCPS (Section 17)
MCIB MCIB (Section 21)
RC4D CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D(Section 14)
RC8D CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D(Section 14)
RMCD TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG (Section13)
RMCG TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG (Section13)
RTED RTED/RTEG (Section 9)
RTEG RTED/RTEG (Section 9)
RXDD RXDD/RXGD (Section 11)
RXGD RXDD/RXGD (Section 11)
SACE SCFE/SACE (Section 7)
SCFE SCFE/SACE (Section 7)
SMBI SMBI (Section 19)
STSE STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR(Section 8)
STSP STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR(Section 8)
STSR STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR(Section 8)
TEGM TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM (Section10)
TMAD TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG (Section13)
26 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
1 Introduction
Submodule Reference
TMAG TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG (Section13)
TXDH TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM (Section10)
TXGH TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM (Section10)
TXGM TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM (Section10)
WB1G WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG(Section 15)
WB2D WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG(Section 15)
WB2G WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG(Section 15)
Table 1: Alphabetical Submodule Listing
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 27 / 288
1 Introduction
1.3 Common Information
1.3.1 Operating Temperature
This section contains information common to all submodules.
The recommended operating temperature range for the BTS submodules is:
Minimum temperature: -10 o C
Maximum temperature: +70 o C.
1.3.2 Grounding
To ensure through grounding, all frames and front panels etc., are fixed usingconductive screws. Conductive lacquers are used where appropriate.
1.3.3 Dimensions
The dimensions of the BTS submodules are usually specified in terms ofthe following units:
U, where 1 U = 44.45 mm
T, where 1 T = 5.08 mm.
1.3.4 Standards
G2 BTS equipment complies with the following standards:
ETS 300 342-2 EMC for European Digital Cellular Telecommunications
Systems
GSM recommendation for Base Station equipment 11.20, prETS 300.
28 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
2 DRFU
2 DRFU
This chapter provides a detailed description of the DRFU.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 29 / 288
2 DRFU
2.1 IntroductionThe DRFU (Dual Rate Frame Unit) consists of a single plug-in unit. It providesframe-level functionality for G2 BTSs. The DRFU provides the BTS with digitalbaseband processing for eight time slots on a full-duplex basis. An on-boardDC/DC Converter is used to convert the power to 3.3 V, which is requiredfor operation of the DRFU.
A supervision circuit disables the DC/DC Converter if the DRFU output fallsbelow 2.8 V for more than one second. It also disables the 5 V supply ifthe DC/DC Converter fails.
The DRFU backplane connector pin-outs are compatible with G2 BTSequipment. However, an adaptor kit is available for operation with GenerationOne equipment. The DRFU is implemented on G1 BTS equipment with theaid of the DRFE module.
DEMAD
SCP Dual−Port RAM
MFP
BED
TRXMUX
Encoder
Decoder
TGU
Debug 3Debug 2 Clock Interfaces
DCL1Interfaces
MML ECPL
Multiplexer Management LinkEntity Control Parallel LinkECPLRadio Signalling Link
Frequency Hopping Interfaces
Base Station Interface
Interface to DRFE Unit (G1)
PHYLAC
Test Interface
Debug 1
RSL
DEMND
Demodulator Antenna DiversityDEMADDEMND Demodulator No Diversity
(G2)
RSLMML
Figure 1: DRFU Block Diagram
The DRFU consists of the following functional blocks:
SCP
MFP
TGU
TRXMUX
Encoder
Decoder
Demodulator
BED.
30 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
2 DRFU
2.2 SCP FunctionsThe SCP microprocessor is a 32-bit device, with a performance of 20 MIPS.
2.2.1 Functional Entities
The SCP microprocessor provides control over the following DRFU functionalentities:
Quad Integrated Communication Controller (QUICC)
Memory
Token Bus Controller
SCP Logic.
The SCP functional entities are described in the following sections.
2.2.2 QUICC
The QUICC device:
Generates chip select signals
Controls and refreshes the DRAM
Provides watchdog control and supervision.
The QUICC also provides the following serial interfaces:
Debug 1 and 2 test interfaces
Multiplexer Management Link
Radio Signalling Link.
2.2.3 Memory
The SCP has the following memory functional-requirements:
DRAM
DRAM multiplexer
Non-volatile memory
Dual Port RAM.
2.2.3.1 DRAMThe DRAM is 4 Mbyte in size, organized in 4 x 8 bits (32 bits wide). All thecontrol signals for accessing the DRAM are generated by the QUICC.
2.2.3.2 DRAM MultiplexerThis device is used to generate row and column addresses for the DRAM.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 31 / 288
2 DRFU
2.2.3.3 Non-volatile MemoryThe SCP utilizes 2 Mbyte Flash EPROM memory for the storage of programcode and data. This is a block erasable, non-volatile memory, which is writeprotected, with a minimum of 100,000 write/erase cycles per block. The blocksize is 64 kbyte (6 bits wide).
2.2.3.4 DPRThe DPR is used for high-speed/high-volume communication between the SCPmicrocontroller and the MFP. The DPR capacity is 2 kbyte (8 bits wide).
2.2.4 TKBUS Controller
The TKBUS Controller’s primary function is to prevent data collisions on theSCP busses. It provides control of the Data and Address Bus, Chip SelectBus and the Interrupt Request Bus.
2.2.5 SCP Logic
The SCP logic consists of a single, programmable, logic device (gate array). Itprovides the majority of the microprocessor support logic.
The main SCP logic functions are defined in the following table.
Function Definition
Bus request logic Arbitrates between the QUICC, TKBUS and the SCP microprocessorto prevent bus collisions.
Reset and clock generation Generates the local clocks and the reset signal for the various SCPfunctional blocks. The reset function indicates the source of the resetevents to the QUICC.
Dynamic Bus Sizer Performs the task of multiplexing accesses to the 32-bit SCPmicroprocessor data bus.
Interrupt Controller Detects interrupts from the QUICC, TKBUS and the MFP. It mapsthe interrupts to the microprocessor, and provides the interruptacknowledge signal to the interrupting device.
LED and Control Register There are ten LED indicators, located on the front panel. The LCRcontrols LEDs 3 to 10. LEDs 3 to 8 are software controlled and areconnected to a write-only register with a master reset function. TheLCR also controls the TKBUS relay.
Table 2: SCP Logic Functions
32 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
2 DRFU
2.3 MFP FunctionsThe MFP consists of the following functional entities:
DSP
MFP Memory
DPR
MFP Logic.
The MFP functional entities are described in the following sections.
2.3.1 DSP
The MFP main component is a high-speed DSP with a performance of 30 Mips.
The DSP is connected to the SCP via the following three bus interfaces:
IRQ Bus
CS Bus
DA Bus.
MFP to SCP data transfers are controlled by an interrupt management function,via a connection to the SCPL.
The DSP uses its host interface for SCP controlled communication with theSCP processor.
2.3.2 MFP Memory
The MFP uses EPROM and RAM. The DSP firmware is executed from theEPROM, and a 384 kbyte 8-bit RAM is used for data manipulation.
2.3.3 DPR
The DPR is used for high volume data transfer to/from the SCP microprocessor.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 33 / 288
2 DRFU
2.3.4 MFP Logic
The MFP logic provides the DSP support logic. This includes memory chipselect, reset signal generation and interrupt priority handling.
The MFPL also connects the MFP to the Entity Control Parallel Link. The ECPLprovides a parallel connection between the MFP and other DRFU functionalentities, such as signalling, control and O&M.
The ECPL interfaces the following DRFU functional blocks to the MFP:
TGU
TRXMUX
Encoder
Decoder
Demodulator
BED.
Each of the above functions are monitored and controlled by reading statusregisters and writing to control registers.
2.4 TGU FunctionsThe TGU provides system clocks and timing signals. The TGU basicallyconsists of a PHYLAC which provides an interface to the MFP and the BTSmaster clock unit.
PHYLAC The PHYLAC generates all internal clocks from a 26 MHz masterclock source.
It provides the following functionality:
Master clock supervision
Local clock generation
Sequencing of the other MFPU functions.
The PHYLAC detects and reports any clock errors to the MFP. It switchesbetween two external links to the master clock unit if an error is detected. ThePHYLAC can be programmed for automatic or manual link selection.
34 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
2 DRFU
2.5 TRXMUX FunctionsThe TRXMUX submultiplexes the Traffic Channel data between the BSI and theFrame Unit functions. RSL channels are transferred transparently.
The TRXMUX consists of the functional entities:
TCH Time Slot Assigner
Downlink Reformatter
Status and Control Registers.
Each TRXMUX functional entity is described in the following sections.
2.5.1 Time Slot Assigner
The TCH Time Slot Assigner handles the extraction and insertion of TCHdata on BSI time slots.
The time slots used on the BSI are programmed through two Status andControl configuration registers.
The Time Slot Assigner handles the transfer of MML and RSL data betweenthe BSI and SCP:
MML data is carried in a 64 kbit/s channel of the BSI
Downlink RSL data (from the BSC) is extracted from the BSI and passed tothe SCP.
2.5.2 Downlink Reformatter
The Downlink Reformatter provides an interface for downlink TCH data transferto the Encoder. The data contains eight full-rate or 16 half-rate channelspacked into two-bit nibbles. The net TCH data rate is 128 kbit/s (the remainingcapacity of the 2 Mbit/s interface is unused).
The data is presented through four independent 2 Mbit/s synchronousinterfaces, each containing two full-rate or four half-rate channels. The channelsare packed into two-bit nibbles and have a net data rate of 32 kbit/s.
2.5.3 Status and Control Registers
The Status and Control function provides a set of TRXMUX control registers,which are accessible via the ECPL.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 35 / 288
2 DRFU
2.6 Encoder FunctionsThe Encoder encodes the downlink channels.
The following functions are included as part of this process:
Rate adaptation
Channel encoding
Fast Associated Control Channel bit stealing
Burst building
Multi-frame building
Burst control (generation of encryption level and power control information).
The Encoder hardware contains a single high-speed DSP with a performanceof 66 Mips. DSP data manipulation is achieved with 192 kbytes of static RAMorganized in 24 bit words (3 x 8 bits).
The DSP provides two 2 Mbit/s serial interfaces for the incoming and outgoingTCH data streams. The DSP host interface is used for connection to the ECPL.Reset signals are provided by the MFP.
2.7 Decoder FunctionsThe Decoder decodes the demodulated and decrypted uplink channels.
The following functions are included as part of this process:
De-interleaving
FACCH detection
Convolutional and block decoding
Rate adaptation
Discontinuous Transmission (mechanism) frame detection
Time Alignment
Random Access Channel load measurement
Uplink quality estimation
Idle channel monitoring
Filtering of the Time Of Arrival and received signal level
Bit Error Rate measurement.
The Decoder employs four DSPs with an operating capability of 66 Mips(with 192 kbyte data manipulation RAMs).
Serial Interfaces The Decoder has four synchronous serial interfacesconnected to the BED. The data rate for each interface is 13 MHz. Eachinterface carries the demodulated uplink data and frame signalling for one DSP.One DSP provides the processing capability to decode two full-rate TCHs (orfour half-rate TCHs).
Software running on the DSPs individually decodes the TCHs. The decodeddata streams are passed to the TRXMUX using 2 Mbit/s serial interfaces.
36 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
2 DRFU
2.8 Demodulator FunctionsThe Demodulator demodulates the uplink channels.
The following functions are included in this process:
Buffering of uplink data
Equalization
Carrier frequency offset compensation
GMSK demodulation
TOA estimation
Signal-to-Noise Ratio measurement.
The Demodulator uses two DSPs with an operating capability of 66 Mips(they are identical to those used in the Encoder). Both have 96 kbyte of RAMused for data manipulation. One DSP is used for antenna diversity, the otheris for no antenna diversity.
Serial Interfaces The Demodulator has two 13 MHz Radio Frequency serialinterfaces connected to the BED. One interface is the Demodulator withAntenna Diversity and the other is the Demodulator with No Diversity. Eachinterface carries the modulated uplink data for one DSP. One DSP providesthe processing capability to demodulate four full-rate TCHs (or eight half-rateTCHs).
Software, running on each DSP, individually demodulates the TCHs. Thedemodulated data streams are passed back to the BED using further serialinterfaces from the DSPs. All inputs and outputs are routed via 13 MHzsynchronous interfaces.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 37 / 288
2 DRFU
2.9 Baseband Interface Encryption/DecryptionThe BED consists of a single field-programmable logic device.
It performs the following functions:
Generates timing and clock signals for all the BED functions
Provides timing interrupts and reset signals for the Encoder, Decoder
and Demodulator
Provides the clocks and interface lines for transferring the downlink TCH
data from the Encoder
Encrypts the downlink data according to the GSM-defined cipheringalgorithms
Stores the encryption configurations and cipher keys specified by the
BSC on a call-by-call basis
Provides the clocks and interface lines for transferring the downlink data
Transfers the uplink data from a parallel-to-serial interface to the
Demodulator
Provides the clocks and interface lines for transferring the uplink TCHdata from the Demodulator
Configures the Decryption block on a time slot basis
Decrypts the uplink data according to the GSM-defined ciphering algorithms
Provides the clocks and interface lines for transferring the uplink data to
the Decoder
Manages the FHI
Provides a set of BED supervision registers, accessible via the ECPL.
38 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
2 DRFU
2.10 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the DRFU.
The following information is provided:
LEDs
External Interfaces
Replacement
Power Supply
Electrical Parameters.
2.10.1 LEDs
The function of each DRFU status LED is described in the following table.
LED Color Function
POWER ON
P5V | S5V/3.3V
Green (x 2) Both LEDs are lit when primary 5V(P5V), 3.3V and secondary 5V (S5V)power is applied to the unit.
FAULT Red (x 2) These LEDs have the same function.They are both switched on after poweron or a reset. Standby state causesthe LEDs to blink.
The LEDs are switched off if a ’nofault’ condition is detected, autotest isrunning or the system is initializing.
Y1 | Y2 Yellow (x 2)
Y3 | Y4 Yellow (x 2)
The on/off state of Y1|Y2 and Y3|Y4,combined with the state of the redFault LED, indicates the status of theDRFU.
These LEDs are operated undersoftware control.
G1 | G2 Yellow (x 2) These LEDs indicate whether theDRFU Configuration Connector is setfor G1 or G2 operation. G1 is on for G1operation, G2 is on for G2 operation. Ifboth the LEDs are on, or both are off,there is a fault.
Table 3: DRFU Status LEDs
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 39 / 288
2 DRFU
The following table shows the status of LEDs Y1 - Y4 for each possible state ofthe DRFU. The status of the red LED is included for clarification.
Status Red Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4
Reset triggered On Off Off Off Off
Fault detected by autotest. On Off On On On
- X X
Hardware autotest faultreport.
On X
Software problem. Off X
A restart can be accepted. X Off
Out of order.
A reload as required.
On Off Off
X On
- X X
No clock available. Off Off
BSI link not available. Off On
FHI link not available. On Off
Standby.
BSI link and FHI link notavailable.
Blink Off Off
On On
- X X
Destructive Frame Unittests. RAM contentsdeleted.
On Off
Non-destructive tests. Off Off
Non-SCP non-destructivetests triggered by FU.
Off On
Autotestrunning.
Non-SCP non-destructivetests triggered by OMU(restart command).
Off Off On
On On
40 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
2 DRFU
Status Red Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4
- X X
Wait for software load(power on or reloadtriggered by OMU).
On Off
Downloading andconfiguring with OMUmessages going on.
On Blink
FU autonomous recovery:autostart after non-SCP[mu ]P fault or restart afterstand by.
Off On
Initialization
Restart triggered by OMU.
Off Off Off
On On
- X X X X
O&M configurationcompleted, waiting fortelecom configurationcompletion.
Blink Off Off Off
Telecom configurationcompleted and all TimeSlots are spare (orblocked).
On Off Off Off
Operational
Fully operational and atleast one TS is not spare.
Off
On
Table 4: Status LEDs Y1 - Y4
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 41 / 288
2 DRFU
The following table shows the channel identification for LEDs Y2-Y4 aftercompletion of operational configuration.
Channel Status Y2 Y3 Y4
Not configured. Off Off Off
Configured and no RACH received. On Off Off
Broadcast ControlChannel RACH.
Configured and at least one RACHreceived.
Blink Off Off
Not configured. Off Off Off
Configured, no channel activated. Off On Off
StandaloneDedicated ControlChannel.
Configured and at least one channelactivated.
Off Blink Off
Not configured. Off Off Off
Configured, no channel activated. Off Off On
TCH
Configured and at least one channelactivated.
Off Off Blink
Table 5: Channel Use Indication
2.10.2 External Interfaces
The DRFU front panel has ten LEDs and four Sub-D 9-pin female connectorinterfaces.
A push button is located at the bottom of the front panel. It allows a softwarereset of the DRFU.
2.10.3 Replacement
Removal and insertion of the DRFU, while power is present on the backplane,can result in damage to the unit.
Risk of Damage to EquipmentHot replacement of the DRFU is not permitted.
2.10.4 Power Supply
Power is supplied to the DRFU via the backplane connectors at +5 VDC,that is, primary 5 V (P5V).
The DRFU requires an operating voltage of 3.3 VDC. An on-board DC/DCConverter provides the conversion from 5 VDC to 3.3 VDC.
42 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
2 DRFU
2.10.5 Electrical Parameters
The DRFU’s electrical parameters are given in the following table.
Parameter Value
Input voltage 5 VDC +/- 10 %
Nominal voltage 3.3 VDC +/- 5 %
Output voltage ripple 33 mV max.
Current consumption 5 A (Imax.)
0.5 A (Imin.)
Short-circuit current limitation 10 A
Power consumption < 25 W
Efficiency [le ] 85 % at Imax.
2.11 DRFU Physical DescriptionThe DRFU is a single plug-in unit, which is mounted in a standard 19" subrack.This section describe the physical details of the DRFU.
It provides the following information:
Dimensions
Front Panel
Connectors.
2.11.1 Dimensions
The physical dimensions of the DRFU are shown in the following table.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 6 U 233 mm
Width: 10 T 50 mm
Depth: - 280 mm
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 43 / 288
2 DRFU
2.11.2 Front Panel
The DRFU front panel layout is shown below.
LEDs
POWER ON
FAULT
RESET
Y1 | Y2
External InterfaceConnectors
BSIA
DEBUG 1
DEBUG 2
DEBUG 3(FUTA)
Y3 | Y4
G1 | G2
P5V | S5V/3.3V
DEBUG 4TRX1
Fixing Hole
Fixing Hole
Handle
Handle
Figure 2: DRFU Front Panel Layout
44 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
2 DRFU
2.11.3 DRFU Connectors
2.11.3.1 Front
Connector Designation
BSIA Serial interface for monitoring the Abis Interface (for G1operation only).
DEBUG 1 MMI Interface for firmware downloads to the SCP FlashEPROM.
DEBUG 2
DEBUG 4
TRXI
Serial interface to SCP for Diane debug tool.
Not Used.
Not Used.
DEBUG 3
FUTA
Serial interface to MFP for Diane debug tool.
A Frame Unit Test Adaptor is required, in someapplications, to interface to the debug tool.
Table 6: DRFU External Interface Connectors
The following table explains what each front panel connector is used for.
2.11.3.2 RearThe DRFU has two female backplane connectors.
2.11.3.3 DFCCDFCC is used to configure the DRFU for operation with G1 or G2 BTSequipment. The DFCC is a removable plug-in connector. The orientation of theconnector to the backplane configures the DRFU for G1 or G2 operation. Thecorrect orientation is indicated on the top of the DFCC.
DFCC
Backplane Connectors
External Interface Connectors
Figure 3: DRFU Side View Showing the Position of the DFCC
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 45 / 288
2 DRFU
46 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
3 DRFE
3 DRFE
This chapter provides a detailed description of the DRFE.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 47 / 288
3 DRFE
3.1 IntroductionIf a DRFU is deployed on G1 equipment, a DRFE (Dual Rate Frame UnitExtension) is required. This is because the subrack backplane connections onG1 and G2 BTS equipment are different.
The DRFU DCL1 interface connections are only compatible with G2 BTSequipment. The DRFE provides an interface to the external DCL1 signals,which carry BTS operations and maintenance information to the OMU.
The DRFE also provides a voltage-level ’translation’ function between G1and G2 equipment.
3.1.1 G1 Configuration
When the DRFU is deployed in G1 equipment, it must be configured so that theDCL1 signals can be interfaced to the SCP. This configuration is achieved bychanging the orientation of the DFCC.
3.1.2 Self-test
When power is applied to the unit, a self-test is carried-out on the DCL1interface. Two LEDs on the front of the DRFE module indicate the result of theself-test. The LEDs are operated under the control of the DRFU.
48 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
3 DRFE
3.2 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the DRFE.
3.2.1 LEDs
The DRFE front panel has four status LEDs. Their function is described inthe following table.
LED Color Function
POWER ON Green (x 2) Both LEDs are lit when power is applied to the unit.
FAULT Red (x 2) These LEDs have the same function. They are switched on afterpower on, or a reset, while a self-test is carried out on the DCL1interface.
The LEDs are switched off by the DRFU if a ’no fault’ conditionis detected.
Table 7: DRFE Status LEDs
3.2.2 Replacement
Removal and insertion of the DRFE, while power is present on the backplane,can result in damage to the unit.
Risk of Damage to EquipmentHot replacement of the DRFE is not permitted.
3.2.3 Power Supply
Power is supplied to the DRFE via the backplane connectors at +5 VDC.
3.2.4 Electrical Parameters
The DRFE’s electrical parameters are given in the following table.
Parameter Value
Input voltage 5 VDC +/- 10 %
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 49 / 288
3 DRFE
Parameter Value
Current consumption 1 A (Imax.)
0.1 A (Imin.)
Power consumption < 5 W
Table 8: DRFE Electrical Parameters
3.3 Physical DescriptionThe DRFE is a single plug-in unit, which is mounted in a standard 19" subrack.This section describe the physical details of the DRFE.
50 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
3 DRFE
3.3.1 Dimensions
The physical dimensions of the DRFE are shown in the following table.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 6 U 233 mm
Width: 5 T 25 mm
Depth: - 280 mm
Table 9: DRFE Physical Dimensions
3.3.2 Front Panel
The layout of the DRFE front panel is shown below.
POWER ON
FAULT LEDs
Fixing Hole
Fixing Hole
Handle
Handle
Figure 4: DRFE Front Panel Layout
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 51 / 288
3 DRFE
52 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
4 FUCO
4 FUCO
This chapter provides a detailed description of the FUCO.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 53 / 288
4 FUCO
4.1 IntroductionThe FUCO (Frame Unit Controller) is a part of the Frame Unit. It controls theoperation of the FICE and DADE. The primary purpose of the FUCO is tocontrol the protocols used at various levels of the Frame Unit.
The unit handles:
LAPD communication with Mobile Stations, including frame checking and
radio link management
LAPD communication with the BSC
Layer 2 communication with the OMU
Layer 3 communication, which handles the following:
Transparent routing of messages
Processing and routing of non-transparent messages.
The FUCO is functionally divided between the SCP and MFP, which are linkedby dual port memory.
54 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
4 FUCO
Dual Port RAM (Transfer Memory)
Microprocessor
Interrupt Controller
Reset andWatchdog
DSP
ICISerial Link
LAPD Controller
DMA
DMA
Memory
Token Bus Controller
DCL1
Serial Links (for test purposes)
SerialCommunication
Module
Host Interface
LAPD Links (to
FICE/DADE)
SCP Functions
MFP Functions
Clocks
To FICE/DADE
Clocks DMA Direct Memory AccessICI Internal Control Interface
Figure 5: FUCO Block Diagram
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 55 / 288
4 FUCO
4.2 MFP FunctionsThe MFP is a DSP with associated memory and control ports. The DSPfirmware is executed from the EPROM. The DSP communicates with the SCPmicroprocessor via the dual port RAM.
The MFP provides the following functions:
Multi-frame management
O&M processing for Frame Unit traffic and signalling interfaces
Communication with the SCP for O&M and signalling channel processing.
A serial interface is used for an MMI.
The Internal Control Interface is used to communicate with the FICE. It carriesFrame Unit O&M information and signals exchanged with the Mobile Station.
The clocks are sent to the FICE and DADE for timing.
56 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
4 FUCO
4.3 SCP FunctionsThe SCP consists of seven functional blocks, which operate under the controlof a microprocessor.
The SCP microprocessor has three basic functions:
SCP basic control
Clock generation
Data transfer control.
An oscillator and divider circuits provide operating clocks for the microprocessorand its peripheral components. These components can be separated intofunctional blocks as follows:
The SCP consists of the following functional blocks:
Memory
Serial Communications
Interrupt Control
LAPD Controller
Reset and Watchdog
Token Bus Controller.
4.3.1 Memory
The microprocessor system has the following memory available:
1 Mbyte of DRAM
128 kbytes fast SRAM (Static Random Access Memory).
Upon completion of the start-up sequence, the software is loaded into the RAM,from where it is executed. This maximizes performance and removes theneed for wait states.
The DRAM is used for high-speed communication between the SCPmicrocontroller and the MFP DSP. One port of this memory is connected tothe microprocessor and the other port to the DSP.
4.3.2 Serial Communications
The Serial Communications Module provides the following functions:
A real time programmable clock
Internal Input/Output for loading Logic Cell Arrays
Two serial communication ports used for integration, testing and debugging
purposes.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 57 / 288
4 FUCO
4.3.3 Interrupt Control
The Interrupt Control module manages the microprocessor interrupts priorities(from the external and communication devices). It then transmits the interruptsto the microprocessor.
4.3.4 LAPD Controller
The LAPD Controller provides a 64 kbit/s link using the LAPD protocol. Thislink is used for signalling communication between the BSC and Mobile Stations.It does this via a PCM frame on the Abis interface.
4.3.5 Reset and Watchdog
The Reset and Watchdog module performs the following functions:
FUCO card reset (initiated by power-up, watchdog, front panel push button
or MFP)
Watchdog monitoring
Direct Memory Access priority management
Wait cycle insertion after access to slow packages
Initialization of dynamic RAM controller.
The watchdog counter is periodically reset by microprocessor software. If thesoftware crashes, this does not occur and the timer expires initiating a reset.
4.3.6 Token Bus Controller
The Token Bus Controller provides a 1 Mbit/s Token Bus link (conformingto IEEE 802.4).
This link provides the DCL1 connection to the OMU. It is used to download theFUCO and other Frame Unit software, and to transfer O&M messages.
58 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
4 FUCO
4.4 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the FUCO.
The following information is provided:
LEDs
Reset Button
Replacement
Power Supply.
4.4.1 LEDs
The following table lists the status LEDs located on the front panel.
LED Description
POWER ON Power supply present
FAULT System fault
1 Self-tests running
2 SCP microprocessor load
Table 10: FUCO Status LEDs
4.4.2 Reset Button
A reset button, located on the front panel, is used for initializing the FUCO unit.
4.4.3 Replacement
Removal and insertion of the FUCO, while power is present on the backplane,can result in damage to the unit.
Risk of Damage to EquipmentHot replacement of the FUCO is not permitted.
4.4.4 Power Supply
Power is supplied to the board via the backplane connectors at +5 VDC +/-5 %.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 59 / 288
4 FUCO
4.5 Physical DescriptionThe FUCO is a multilayer board which plugs into a standard 19" subrack. Thefollowing sections describe the physical details of the FUCO.
It provides the following information:
Dimensions
Front Panel
Rear View
Backplane Connectors.
4.5.1 Dimensions
The physical dimensions of the FUCO are shown in the following table.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 6 U 266.7 mm
Width: 5 T 25.4 mm
Depth: - 280 mm
Table 11: FUCO Physical Dimensions
60 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
4 FUCO
4.5.2 Front Panel
The following figure shows the FUCO front panel.
LEDs
Handle
POWER ON
FAULT
1
2
Equipment Labels
Fixing Hole
Handle
Fixing Hole
RESET
Figure 6: FUCO Front Panel Layout
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 61 / 288
4 FUCO
4.5.3 Rear View
The figure below shows a rear view of the FUCO.
Upper Connector
Mechanical Keycoder
Lower Connector
Multilayer Board
Figure 7: FUCO Rear View
4.5.4 Backplane Connectors
The FUCO has two 96-pin female backplane connectors. These mate with theappropriate male connectors on the backplane of the subrack.
The connectors can be mechanically coded to inhibit insertion of an incorrectboard into the subrack. The key coder, adjacent to the upper rear connector,has 12 keying positions. A pin on the subrack backplane mates with a gap inthe FUCO key.
62 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
5 FICE
5 FICE
This chapter provides a detailed description of the FICE.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 63 / 288
5 FICE
5.1 IntroductionThe FICE (Frame Unit Interface and Channel Encoder) is a part of the FrameUnit.
It operates under the control of the FUCO, and provides the following FrameUnit functions:
Channel EncoderThe Channel Encoder encodes eight independent downlink full-ratechannels.
Frequency Hopping Interface
The FHI is the Frame Unit’s interface with the Frequency Hopping Unit(FHU). It handles:
Uplink traffic received from the Carrier Unit, which is passed to theDemodulator. (The Demodulator is implemented as part of a separate
board)
Downlink traffic sent from the Channel Encoder to the Carrier Unit.
Base Station Interface Adapter
The BSIA is the Frame Unit interface with the BSI. It handles:
Uplink traffic received from the Channel Decoder, which is sent to the
BSC. (The Channel Decoder is implemented as part of a separate board)
Downlink traffic received from the BSC, to be processed by the Channel
Encoder.
Frame Clock Unit.
The Frame Clock Unit provides all the timing signals for the Frame Unit.
64 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
5 FICE
Status
Command
Status
Command
FIFO
Status
Clock Distribution
BSIBSS Test Equipment
BSIA
FHI
Master Controller
ICI
FUCO FHU
Dual links to Frequency Hopping Unit
Clock Driver Interface
Command
FCLU
IPI
Serial Interface
LEDsDual links to Base Station Interface
IPI
ICI
IPI
Master Data Bus
Clock Interface
Channel Decoder
Dual Station Unit
FUCO
Demodulator
FUCO
Data Bus
Channel Encoder
LAPD Interface
First−In First−Out shift registerFIFO Internal Parallel InterfaceIPI
Figure 8: FICE Block Diagram
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 65 / 288
5 FICE
5.2 FICE FunctionsThe FICE contains the following functional blocks:
Master Controller
Channel Encoder
Frequency Hopping Interface
Base Station Interface Adapter
Frame Clock Unit.
5.2.1 Master Controller
The Master Controller controls the interface between the FUCO and the BSIA,FCLU and FHI.
When FUCO commands and messages are received on the ICI, the MasterController converts them to a status and command format. This is used bythe FICE elements.
During start-up, the FICE is checked; the Master Controller runs tests triggeredby the FUCO. After a reset, the Master Controller initializes the FCLU, FHIand BSIA.
While operational, the Master Controller also processes uplink traffic datareceived from the Channel Decoder. To conform with BSI timing, incomingdata is converted from an 8-bit parallel form to a serial stream. It is thensent to the BSIA.
5.2.2 Channel Encoder
The Channel Encoder manages and processes eight time slots, each of whichcarries the signals for one full-rate channel.
The Channel Encoder performs the following functions:
Baseband functions, which are:
Channel encoding and interleaving
Encryption
Burst and TDMA multi-frame building.
Rate adaptation for the data and speech channels
Control of the BTS transmitter power which involves:
Routing of the power value
Dummy burst insertion
Discontinuous transmission.
In-band signalling and remote transcoder synchronization.
66 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
5 FICE
BSIA FUCO FCLU
Serial Interface ICI Clock Distribution
FHI
LCA2
HOST SSI+ IRQA HOST SSI+ IRQA HOST SSI+ IRQA HOST SSI+ IRQAIRQB IRQB IRQB
DSP DSP DSP DSP
32K x 24 RAM
IRQB
2x32K x 24 RAM
2x32K x 24 RAM
2x32K x 24 RAM
2x
ICIController
Interface Logic
Interface Logic
Host
DSP
SSI+ IRQB
Test Feedback
Watchdog and Reset Circuitry
LCA1
IRQA
Master
Slave 0 Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 3
IPI
32K x 24 RAM64K x 8 EPROM
FIFO First−In First−OutIRQx Interrupt Request xSSI Synchronous Serial Interface
FIFO 1
Interface Logic
Figure 9: Channel Encoder Block Diagram
5.2.2.1 DSPsThe main elements of the Channel Encoder are DSPs, a First-In First-Out shiftregister and LCAs.
There are five DSPs:
Four slave DSPs, which each process two channels
One master DSP which initializes and controls the Channel Encoder,
collects traffic from the BSIA and supplies the slave DSPs.
In addition to normal program and data memory, the master DSP contains anEPROM. Otherwise, all DSPs are identical.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 67 / 288
5 FICE
5.2.2.2 LCAsThere are two LCAs.
The first has three functions:
Extraction of data from the serial interface with the BSIA and passing this
to the master DSP
Generation of incoming time slot information from FCLU clock signals. LCA1
identifies the time slot and the two bits used by each channel, and passes
this on to the slave DSP blocks. LCA1 also monitors the activity on each ofthe clocks, and delivers their status to the master DSP
Management of the ICI lines. This involves sending the request status to theFUCO, decoding commands received from the FUCO, and routing FUCO
messages to the DSPs.
The second LCA contains the output interface logic. It performs the followingfunctions:
Control of the output of data from the slave DSPs to the FIFO
Control of the output of data from the FIFO to LCA2 (i.e., to itself)
Encryption of the data
Output to the FHI.
A watchdog monitors the DSPs for hang-up behavior.
5.2.3 Frequency Hopping Interface
The FHI connects the Frame Unit with the FHU. This link is used to carrydownlink data from the Channel Encoder to the Carrier Unit, via the FHU. Italso carries uplink data from the Carrier Unit to the Demodulator, via the FHU.
There is link redundancy. The FHI hardware provides automatic link selection.
5.2.4 Base Station Interface Adapter
The BSIA transfers data from the BSI to the Channel Encoder and FUCO, andfrom the Channel Decoder and FUCO to the BSI.
There is BSI link redundancy. The BSIA provides automatic link selection.
5.2.5 Frame Clock Unit
The FCLU regenerates the clock signals it receives from the Station Unit, anddistributes the clocks for synchronization.
The FCLU receives the Octal Bit Clock, the TDMA Frame Clock and the FrameNumber from the Station Unit. It generates the TSCLK itself, so that there areeight TSCLK periods to one FCLK period.
The clock signals are supplied from the Station Unit with a dual-redundant link.If both links fail, the FCLU generates its own auxiliary clock signals.
In general, the clock supervisors can tolerate one missing clock pulse. Forexample, when there is a switch from local to the Station Unit clocks. If a moreserious error occurs, all Frame Unit functions receive a clock error interrupt.
68 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
5 FICE
5.3 InterfacesThe FICE has the following interfaces:
Internal Control Interface
Station Unit Clock Interface
Clock Driver Interface
Internal Parallel Interface
Base Station Interface
LAPD Interface
Frequency Hopping Interface.
5.3.1 Internal Control Interface
The ICI is a high-speed serial interface. This is used by the FUCO to controlthe other boards in the Frame Unit and distribute clock signals. The interfaceoperates using a master-slave mechanism: ’slave’ boards can only react tocommands from the FUCO ’master’ .
5.3.2 Station Unit Clock Interface
The Station Unit Clock Interface consists of dual-redundant RS-485 links whichcarry OBCLK, FCLK and FN signals from the Station Unit to the FCLU.
5.3.3 Clock Driver Interface
The Clock Driver Interface is used to distribute clock signals from the FCLU tothe rest of the Frame Unit.
5.3.4 Internal Parallel Interface
The IPI is a fast interface internal to the Frame Unit.
It is used to:
Pass the uplink data stream from the FHI to the Demodulator
Receive the uplink data stream from the Channel Decoder and pass it tothe BSIA
Carry the downlink data stream from the Channel Encoder to the FHI.
5.3.5 Base Station Interface
Each BSI is a dual-redundant RS-485 link which carries traffic signals betweenthe BSC equipment and the BSIA.
5.3.6 LAPD Interface
The LAPD interface is a serial link which carries data between the FUCO andBSIA, and also from BSIA to the Channel Encoder.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 69 / 288
5 FICE
5.3.7 Frequency Hopping Interface
The FHI is a dual-redundant asynchronous RS-485 link. It carries trafficsignals between the FICE and FHU.
5.4 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the FICE.
The following information is provided:
LEDs
Replacement
Power Supply.
5.4.1 LEDs
The following table lists the status LEDs located on the front panel.
LED Description
POWER ON Power supply present
FAULT System fault
1 Channel Encoder operation
2 Frame Unit Interface operation
Table 12: FICE Status LEDs
All LEDs remain on during the autotests, and go out when the autotests aresuccessfully completed.
5.4.2 Replacement
Removal and insertion of the FICE, while power is present on the backplane,can result in damage to the unit.
Risk of Damage to EquipmentHot replacement of the FICE is not permitted.
5.4.3 Power Supply
Power is supplied to the board via the backplane connectors at +5 VDC +/- 5 %.
70 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
5 FICE
5.5 Physical DescriptionThe FICE is a multilayer board which plugs into a standard 19" subrack. Thissection describes the physical details of the FICE.
It provides the following information:
Dimensions
Front Panel
Front Panel Connectors
Rear View
Backplane Connectors.
5.5.1 Dimensions
The physical dimensions of the FICE are shown in the following table.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 6 U 266.7 mm
Width: 5 T 25.4 mm
Depth: - 280 mm
Table 13: FICE Physical Dimensions
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 71 / 288
5 FICE
5.5.2 Front Panel
The layout of the FICE front panel is shown in the figure below.
LEDs
Connectors
FHI/FUTA
Handle
POWER ON
FAULT
1
2
1 = Channel Encoder2 = Frame Unit Interface
(with pin 1 shown)BSSTE
BSIB
BSIA
Equipment Labels
Fixing Hole
Handle
Fixing Hole
Figure 10: FICE Front Panel Layout
72 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
5 FICE
5.5.3 Front Panel Connectors
The following table describes the FICE front panel connectors.
Connector Designation Type
BSIA BSI cable connection toBSI1
Sub-D 9-pin (female)
BSIB Backup link to BSI2 Sub-D 9-pin (female)
BSSTE Test interface Sub-D 15-pin (female)
FHI/FUTA Test interface Sub-D 9-pin (female)
Table 14: FICE Front Panel Connectors
The following table shows the pin assignments for the BSIA connector.
Pin Signal
1 EGA
2 TXDAT
3 FRMAT
4 CLKAT
5 RXDAT
6 TXDAF
7 FRMAF
8 CLKAF
9 RXDAF
Table 15: FICE BSIA Connector
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 73 / 288
5 FICE
The following table shows the pin assignments for the BSIB connector.
Pin Signal
1 EGB
2 TXDBT
3 FRMBT
4 CLKBT
5 RXDBT
6 TXDBF
7 FRMBF
8 CLKBF
9 RXDBF
Table 16: FICE BSIB Connector
The following table shows the pin assignments for the BSSTE connector.
Pin Signal
1 TXDTT
2 TXDTF
3 FRMTT
4 FRMTF
5 CLKTT
6 CLKTF
7 RXDTT
8 RXDTF
9 EGT
10 CLKRT
11 NC
12 NC
13 NC
74 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
5 FICE
Pin Signal
14 NC
15 NC
Table 17: FICE BSSTE Connector
NC = Not Connected
The following table shows the pin assignments for the FHI/FUTA connector.
Pin Signal
1 FHIFUAT
2 Shield A
3 FHIFUBT
4 FUTA_TXD
5 FUTA_RXD
6 FHIFUAF
7 Shield B
8 FHIFUBF
9 FUTA_GND
Table 18: FICE FHI/FUTA Connector
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 75 / 288
5 FICE
5.5.4 Rear View
The figure below shows a rear view of the FICE.
Upper Connector X100
Mechanical Keycoder
Lower Connector X101
Multilayer Board
Figure 11: FICE Rear View
5.5.5 Backplane Connectors
The FICE has two 96-pin female backplane connectors. These mate with theappropriate male connectors on the backplane of the subrack.
The FICE can be mechanically coded to inhibit insertion of an incorrect boardinto the subrack. The key coder, adjacent to the upper rear connector, has12 keying positions. A pin on the subrack backplane mates with a gap inthe FICE key.
76 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
6 DADE
6 DADE
This chapter provides a detailed description of the DADE.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 77 / 288
6 DADE
6.1 IntroductionThe DADE (Demodulator and Channel Decoder with Antenna Diversity) isa single board forming part of the Frame Unit. It provides the Frame Unitdemodulation and decoding functions in the uplink signal path.
The DADE takes the sample bursts from the FHI and builds traffic/signallingchannel frames. It can handle eight independent channels. If antenna diversityis used, the DADE averages the two received signals during decoding.
ICIController
ClockManagement
Timing
Triggers
Watchdog
Reset and Clock
Control
IPI (from FHU)
Octal Bit Clock TSCLKFrame Clock
IPI (to FICE)
Decoder
External Reset
Demodulator Demodulator
Decryption
Unit
DSP 4 to 7
FIFO
DSP 0 to 3
FIFO
DSP 8 to 11
FIFO
DSP 0
DSP 11
:
DSP 0
DSP 11
:
DSP 0
DSP 11
:
Arbiter
ICI
Internal Timing
Figure 12: DADE Block Diagram
78 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
6 DADE
6.2 DADE FunctionsThis section describes the DADE functions.
The DADE consists of the following functional blocks:
ICI Controller
Demodulator
Decryption Unit
Decoder
Arbiter
Watchdog Reset and Clock Control
Clock Management.
6.2.1 ICI Controller
The ICI is a high-speed serial interface, used by the FUCO to control the othersubmodules in the Frame Unit. The ICI Controller interprets ICI messages toand from the FUCO.
The downlink part of the ICI is a multi-point network. Messages originating fromthe FUCO are simultaneously transferred to all Frame Unit submodules withDSPs. The messages contain the target submodule and DSP address. The ICIcontroller interprets the command and routes the link to the addressed DSP.
The uplink lines on the ICI are separate point-to-point connections. If any of theDSPs requires an uplink to the FUCO, it requests this via the ICI controller.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 79 / 288
6 DADE
6.2.2 Demodulator
The Demodulators (DSP0 to DSP7) perform demodulation of the two diversitychannels:
The first diversity channel is demodulated by DSP0 to DSP3
The second diversity channel is demodulated by DSP4 to DSP7.
Under DSP arbiter control, each DSP fetches a block of input data. It thenperforms the demodulation processing functions and passes the result to theIPI. (The IPI is the data interface for the Frame Unit. It carries the data streamfrom the FHI, through the DADE).
The following functions are performed:
Buffering of the digitized samples (in the FIFOs)
Decryption
GMSK demodulation
Estimation of the channel impulse response
TOA estimation
Estimation and correction of the carrier frequency offset
Equalization based on estimated channel impulse response
Soft decision output
SNR measurement.
Each DSP provides the processing capability to handle two time slots.
DSP 0 contains an additional EEPROM and acts as the master DSP. This DSPconfigures the other DADE components at power-up.
6.2.3 Decryption Unit
The Decryption Unit decrypts the demodulated data it receives from theDemodulator DSPs.
All data sent from the demodulator to the decoder passes through thedecryption unit. If decryption is enabled by the FUCO, the data stream isdecrypted. Otherwise the data passes through unchanged.
80 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
6 DADE
6.2.4 Decoder
The Decoder decodes the demodulated and decrypted signal. DSP8 toDSP11 perform this task.
The demodulated data (from the demodulator) undergoes complex processing,which involves the following functions:
Quality estimation for link control
De-interleaving
Convolutional decoding
Block decoding
FACCH detection
Signalling packet extraction
Silence Indication frame detection
Rate adaptation
Inband control of Transcoder
Processing of test data
Filtering of TOA
Filtering of received signal level
Carrier Unit monitoring
Access burst decoding.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 81 / 288
6 DADE
6.2.5 Arbiter
The arbiter generates the timing triggers for the demodulator and decoderDSPs, and enables signals for the IPI. The triggers are generated separatelyfor each DSP and sent to the DSPs. Their timing is automatically adjusted totake account of propagation delays.
The following table describes the triggers generated by the arbiter.
Trigger Definition
Start trigger Sent to each DSP in turn, at intervals of one time slot. The triggers for DSP0to DSP3 and DSP4 to DSP7 are sent simultaneously.
Transfer trigger Sent to each DSP in turn, from DSP0 to DSP7, at intervals of one time slot.
Frame clock trigger Sent to all DSPs simultaneously to mark the pulse of the absolute frame clock.
Table 19: Arbiter-generated Triggers
The following table describes the signals generated by the arbiter.
Signal Definition
FIFO read enable Generated for each DSP, and mark the periods when each DSP is allowed toread input data.
Internal bus grant Generated for each DSP, to mark the periods when:
DSP0 to DSP7 are allowed to write data to the decryption unit
DSP8 to DSP11 are allowed to send output data to the IPI.
Table 20: Arbiter-generated Signals
6.2.6 Watchdog Reset and Clock Control
The Watchdog, Reset and Clock Control functions supervise the properworking of the DSPs.
A periodic watchdog signal is acknowledged when each DSP executes theFIFO-reset driver routine. This occurs each time the DSP reads input data.
6.2.7 Reset Sources
The reset circuitry must ensure proper starting of the DADE after reset orpower-up.
There are four different reset sources:
Power-on reset
Master reset from FUCO
Local reset by the reset button
Watchdog reset.
82 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
6 DADE
6.2.8 Clock Management
Auxiliary clocks are generated for each DSP. These are only enabled duringautotest. The operational clocks are externally generated by the FICE.
The incoming clocks are supervised by the DSP arbiter, where they areregenerated. In general, all clock inputs can tolerate one missing clock pulse.
If a serious error occurs, all DSPs receive a clock error interrupt. A red LED onthe front panel illuminates and an alarm is raised at the FUCO. All subsequentactions are triggered by the FUCO.
6.3 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the DADE.
The following information is provided:
LEDs
Reset Button
Replacement
Power Supply.
6.3.1 LEDs
The following table lists the status LEDs located on the front panel.
LED Description
POWER ON Power supply present
FAULT System fault
Table 21: DADE Status LEDs
6.3.2 Reset Button
A reset button, located on the front panel, is used for initializing the DADE unit.
6.3.3 Replacement
Removal and insertion of the DADE, while power is present on the backplane,can result in damage to the unit.
Risk of Damage to EquipmentHot replacement of the DADE is not permitted.
6.3.4 Power Supply
Power is supplied to the DADE via the backplane connectors at +5 VDC +/- 5 %.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 83 / 288
6 DADE
6.4 Physical DescriptionThe DADE is a multilayer board which plugs into a standard 19" subrack. Thissection describes the physical details of the DADE.
It provides the following information:
Dimensions
Front Panel
Rear View
Backplane Connectors.
6.4.1 Dimensions
The physical dimensions of the DADE are shown in the following table.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 6 U 266.7 mm
Width: 5 T 25.4 mm
Depth: - 280 mm
Table 22: DADE Physical Dimensions
84 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
6 DADE
6.4.2 Front Panel
The DADE front panel is shown in the figure below.
FAULT
RESET
Button
LEDs
Handle
Handle
Fixing Hole
Fixing Hole
POWER ON
Equipment Labels
Figure 13: DADE Front Panel
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 85 / 288
6 DADE
6.4.3 Rear View
The rear view of the DADE is shown below.
c b a
Upper Connector
Mechanical Keycoder
Lower Connector
Multilayer Board
1
32
A
B
C
D
EF
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
1
32
c b a
Figure 14: DADE Rear View
6.4.4 Backplane Connectors
The DADE is fitted with two 96-pin female connectors. These mate with theappropriate male connectors on the backplane of the subrack.
The DADE is mechanically coded to inhibit insertion of an incorrect submoduleinto the subrack. The key coder, adjacent to the upper rear connector, mateswith a pin on the subrack backplane.
86 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
7 SCFE/SACE
7 SCFE/SACE
This chapter provides a detailed description of the SCFE/SACE.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 87 / 288
7 SCFE/SACE
7.1 IntroductionThe SCFE (Station Unit Control Function Entity) is a primary component of aBTS Station Unit. It provides all the O&M and alarm handling functions for asingle-carrier BTS.
In order to perform these functions, the SCFE consists of two distinct functionalblocks:
OMU, which co-ordinates all O&M actions inside the BTS
EACU, which collects alarms from equipment within and outside the BTS,and also provides outputs for control purposes.
For larger BTSs, a SACE is additionally employed. The SACE (Station UnitAlarm Collection Entity) does not contain an OMU (Operational MaintenanceUnit), just an EACU for additional input and output lines.
The EACU communicates with the OMU via the DCL2 (Q1 Bus) (ServiceInterface (V.11) (Q1)).
Although the OMU and EACU are physically located on the SCFE, they areconsidered as separate functional blocks.
88 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
7 SCFE/SACE
7.2 OMU FunctionsThe OMU has the following functional blocks:
Microprocessor and Memory
Timing and Control Logic
Driver Logic
Token Bus Interface
Asynchronous Interface
Base Station Interface.
A B
DCL1
MMI
Timing and Control Logic
Asynchronous Interface
Data Bus
Address Bus
Microprocessor + Memory
Token Bus Interface
Base Station Interface
BSIA BSIB
DCL2 (EACU)LEDs
Driver Logic
BA
Figure 15: OMU Block Diagram
7.2.1 Microprocessor and Memory
The OMU is designed around a highly integrated 32-bit microprocessor. Bootcode is held in an EPROM. At power up, this code downloads operationalsoftware from the BSC.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 89 / 288
7 SCFE/SACE
7.2.2 Timing and Control Logic
The Timing and Control Logic block includes the following functions:
Real time clock
System timer, watchdog and event counter
Reset circuitry
Board status and control registers
Memory access parity generator/checker.
7.2.3 Driver Logic
The Driver Logic provides a number of outputs for front panel status indicationLEDs.
7.2.4 Token Bus Interface
The Token Bus Interface provides a DCL1 connection. DCL1 is used for O&Mcommunication between the OMU and the Frame Units, including softwaredownloading to the Frame Units.
7.2.5 Asynchronous Interface
The Asynchronous Interface has two independent, full duplex channels: A andB. Channel A provides the physical connection to the DCL2.
This is used for supervisory communication between the OMU and otherBTS components:
Carrier Units
Remotely Tunable Combiner
Station Unit Timing and Switching Entity
Radio Test Equipment
EACU (for supervision on non-intelligent devices).
Channel B is wired to the MMI RS-232 connector on the front panel, to whichthe BTS Terminal can be connected.
7.2.6 Base Station Interface
The BSI is used for O&M signalling and data transfer between the BTSand the BSC. The information transferred in both directions is organizedinto LAPD frames.
For the purposes of BSI communication, the OMU always operates as a slavedevice. It receives clock and frame synchronization signals from the BSI.
The OMU has two redundant BSI connections: link A and link B. If link Acarries a clock signal it is automatically selected. If it ceases to carry a clocksignal, link B is selected. This function can be switched off so that link B ispermanently selected.
90 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
7 SCFE/SACE
7.3 EACU FunctionsThe EACU (External Alarm Collection Unit) has the following functional blocks:
Microcontroller and Memory
Input/Output System
Timing and Control Logic
Q1 Interface.
Supervised Devices
Off−board
Input/Output System
Q1 Interface
Data Bus
Address Bus
Microcontroller + Memory
OMU (SCFE only)
BA
Relay
DCL2
Timing and Control Logic
ControlAlarm/Control Lines
Figure 16: EACU Block Diagram
7.3.1 Microcontroller and Memory
The EACU is designed around a highly integrated 32-bit microcontroller. AnEPROM contains the program code and RAM is used for storing operationaldata.
When powered up, the EACU’s microcontroller starts executing firmware heldin the EPROM. Self-test routines are run, including checks to ensure that theDCL2 and input and output lines are functioning correctly.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 91 / 288
7 SCFE/SACE
7.3.2 Input/Output System
The EACU constantly checks its alarm inputs (up to a maximum of 32), andupdates its internal database when changes occur.
The OMU periodically polls the EACU for details of the condition of theEACU’s inputs.
Example alarms are:
RFE fault
Antenna Voltage Standing Wave Ratio too high
BCCH-Carrier Switch Status
Power supply failure
Cooling Fan Unit failure.
Sixteen outputs are provided for control purposes. The OMU can change thestate of the output port by sending a message, containing the appropriateport number, to the EACU.
The EACU software performs message interpretation and controls of outputports.
Examples controls are:
BCCH Carrier Switch positioning
RFE and Combiner alarm line test
Power supply ON/OFF switching.
The EACU has no knowledge of the purpose of each input or output; mappingsare handled by the OMU.
7.3.3 Timing and Control Logic
The Timing and Control Logic block includes watchdog and reset circuitry.
7.3.4 Q1 Interface
The Q1 Interface block provides the physical connection to the DCL2.
92 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
7 SCFE/SACE
7.4 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the SCFE.
The following information is provided:
LEDs
Reset Buttons
Replacement
Power Supply.
7.4.1 LEDs
The following table lists the status LEDs located on the SCFE front panel.
LED Description
POWER Power supply present
FAULT System fault
OMU 0, 1, 2 Driven by software, and indicates the status of the OMU. Not present on theSACE.
EAC 0, 1, 2 Driven by software, and indicates the status of the EACU.
Table 23: SCFE Status LEDs
The following table shows the status of the OMU LEDs.
Description OMU 2 OMU 1 OMU 0
OMU Reset
OMU Restart
Off
Off
Off
On
Off
Off
OMU self-test running
Self-test failure: RAM test
Self-test failure: Inverse parity check
Self-test failure: Timer test
Self-test failure: Serial interface test
Self-test failure: Token Bus test
Self-test failure: BSI test
Self-test failure: Test of Real Time Clock and RAM
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
Off
Off
On
On
Blink
Blink
Blink
On
On
Blink
On
Blink
Off
On
Blink
If a failure appears in a self-test, the LEDs remain in the state of this test for at least 30 seconds(permanently if the OMU is halted).
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 93 / 288
7 SCFE/SACE
Description OMU 2 OMU 1 OMU 0
Download of file descriptions.
Download of OMU software configuration files.
Download of Frame Unit Controller software.
Download of Frame Unit configuration.
Failure during download of file descriptions.
Failure during download of software and configuration files.
Failure during download of Frame Unit Controller software.
Failure during download of Frame Unit configuration.
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
Off
Off
Off
On
On
Toggled
Toggled
Toggled
Off
On
Toggled
Off
Toggled
Off
On
Toggled
If a failure appears during downloading of a file packet, the corresponding failure state is displayed for atleast 15 seconds.
Initialization of DCL1 or DCL2 units.
Failure during initialization of DCL2 unit.
Failure during initialization of DCL1 unit.
Failure during initialization of DCL1 and DCL2 units.
OMU operational after BTS initialization.
Toggled
Toggled
Toggled
Toggled
Toggled
Off
Off
On
On
Toggled
Off
On
Off
On
Toggled
Table 24: OMU Status LEDs
Note: The frequency of toggling indicates processor load (whereas blinking frequencyis constant).
The following table shows the status of the EACU LEDs.
Description EAC 2 EAC 1 EAC 0
A task is running On - -
EACU is receiving data via a DCL2 - On -
OMU and EACU are connected to external DCL2 - - On
EACU and OMU are disconnected - - Off
EACU connected to external DCL2; OMU is logically OFF (normalcondition for the SACE)
- - Blink
Table 25: EACU LEDs Status
94 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
7 SCFE/SACE
7.4.2 Reset Buttons
Reset buttons, located on both units’ front panels, are used for initializing theSCFE/SACE units.
7.4.3 Replacement
Hot insertion of the SCFE/SACE is permitted.
7.4.4 Power Supply
Power is supplied to the SCFE/SACE via the backplane connectors:
+5 VDC +/- 5 %
+12 VDC +/- 5 %.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 95 / 288
7 SCFE/SACE
7.5 Physical DescriptionThe SCFE/SACE boards are multilayer printed boards fitted with a singlebackplane connector. This section describes the SCFE/SACE physicalcharacteristics.
It provides the following information:
Dimensions
SCFE Front Panel
SACE Front Panel
Front Panel Connectors
SCFE/SACE Rear View.
7.5.1 Dimensions
The dimensions of the SCFE/SACE are shown in the following table.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 6 U 266.7 mm
Width: 4.5 T 22.86 mm
Depth: - 233.4 mm
Table 26: SCFE/SACE Physical Dimensions
96 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
7 SCFE/SACE
7.5.2 SCFE Front Panel
The following figure shows the front panel of the SCFE. It includes the twohardware status LEDs, six software-controlled LEDs, Reset button switchand three connectors.
LEDs
Thumb Tab
POWER ON
FAULT
OM
CEN
EAC
MMIEquipment
Labels
Fixing Hole
Thumb Tab
Fixing Hole
21
U 0
EA
21
C 0
RESET Reset Button
Centronics Connector
EACU Connector
MMI Connector
Figure 17: SCFE Front Panel
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 97 / 288
7 SCFE/SACE
7.5.3 SACE Front Panel
The following figure shows the SACE front panel. The SACE front panel issimilar to that of the SCFE. The only difference is that it does not have thethree OMU LEDs.
LEDs
Thumb Tab
Equipment Labels
Fixing Hole
Thumb Tab
Fixing Hole
Reset Button
Centronics Connector
EACU Connector
MMI Connector
POWER ON
FAULT
CEN
EAC
MMI
EA
21
C 0
RESET
Figure 18: SACE Front Panel
98 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
7 SCFE/SACE
7.5.4 Front Panel Connectors
The following table describes the front panel connectors.
Connector Designation Type
MMI Connects to the BTS Terminal. Sub-D 9-pin(female)
EAC Allows connection of external alarm signalson the SCFE/SACE.
Sub-D 15-pin(female)
CEN For factory use only. Sub-D 25-pin(female)
Table 27: SCFE Front Panel Connectors
The following table shows the pin assignments for the MMI connector of theSCFE.
Pin SCFE Description
1 DCD Receive line signal detector (data carrier detect)
2 RXD Receive data
3 TXD Transmit data
4 DTR Data terminal ready
5 GND Signal ground
6 DSR Data set ready
7 RTS Request to send
8 CTS Clear to send
9 SWI For factory use only
Table 28: SCFE MMI Connector
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 99 / 288
7 SCFE/SACE
The following table shows the pin assignments for the MMI connector of theSACE.
Pin Signal Description
1 NC Not connected
2 RXD Receive data
3 TXD Transmit data
4 NC Not connected
5 GND Signal ground
6 NC Not connected
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected
9 SWI For factory use only
Table 29: SACE MMI Connector
The following table shows the pin assignments for the External AlarmConnection.
100 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
7 SCFE/SACE
Pin Signal
1 EAC_IN_0
2 EAC_IN_1
3 EAC_IN_2
4 EAC_IN_3
5 EAC_IN_4
6 EAC_IN_5
7 EAC_IN_6
8 EAC_IN_7
9 EAC_IN_8
10 EAC_IN_9
11 EAC_IN_10
12 EAC_IN_11
13 VCC_16
14 EAC_OUT_16
15 GND
Table 30: SCFE/SACE EAC Connector
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 101 / 288
7 SCFE/SACE
7.5.5 Rear View
The following figure shows the rear view of the SCFE/SACE, includingconnector. The SCFE/SACE and their slots are mechanically coded to preventinsertion of an incorrect board.
Octagonal Coding Guide
Connector
Octagonal Coding Guide
Multilayer Board
Fixing Hole
Fixing Hole
Figure 19: SCFE/SACE Rear View
102 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
This chapter provides a detailed description of the STSE.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 103 / 288
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
8.1 IntroductionThe STSE variants provide two main functions:
Generation and distribution of timing signals to other BTS modules
Frequency Hopping (to reduce the effect of co-channel interference andmultipath distortion - non-extended cell variants only).
In any non-extended cell BTS, either an STSE, STSP or STSR is used. Inthe master BTS an STSE or STSP is used, whereas in a collocated (slave)BTS, an STSR is used.
The difference between the three variants is only in the system clocks. TheSTSE and STSP produce the clocks themselves (the selection of STSE orSTSP depends on the type of local network); the STSR simply repeats theclocks from a local "master" BTS.
Extended Cell In extended-cell BTS:
The ESTS is used instead of an STSE
The ESTR is used instead of the STSR.
The extended cell submodules generate modified timing signals to compensatefor the longer Air Interface delays.
Note: Unless otherwise stated, references to the STSE, STSP or STSR include theESTS or ESTR as appropriate. References to the STSE includes all variants.
104 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
8.2 STSE FunctionsThe STSE consists of the following functional blocks:
Module Controller
Master Frequency Generator
Master Clock and Frame Number Generator
Clock Distribution
FHU.
The following figure shows a functional block diagram of the STSE variants.
13 MHz
13 MHz
Oven Alarm
Redundant MCFNG
OBCLK, FCLK
MCFNG REFCLK Carrier Units, RTE, Five collocated BTSs
Redundant MCFNG
OBCLK, FCLK
T1, T2, T3 TSCK
FN serial
FCLK
ARFCN
Frame Units Carrier Units
RTE
FHI Links
Clock Distribution
FHU
Module Controller
MFG (STSE/STSP
only)
FN serial
Status and Control
OBCLK, FCLK
FN serial
OBCLK, FCLK
Frame Units and Five collocated BTSs
Carrier Units and RTE
Redundant MCFNG
FN serial
MMI
DCL2
Host Interface
Alarms
Status and Control
FN parallel
Terminal
Redundant MCFNG
SCFE
FN serial
Tuning Control (STSP only)
SMBI4.096 MHz Reference (STSP only)
MCFNG Master Clock and Frame Number Generator
13 MHz
FN parallel
Figure 20: STSE Block Diagram
The MFG, MCFNG and Clock Distribution blocks generate and distributethe clocks.
The FHU dynamically connects the Frame Units and Carrier Units to performfrequency hopping.
When antenna diversity is not used, duplication of the STSE providesredundancy. When antenna diversity is used, the second FHU handles thesecond (diversity) signal path. In this case, only the clock generation functionsare redundant.
It is also possible to handle antenna diversity with only one STSE in the’non-redundant configuration’ (when using [le ] 4 transmitters).
The following sections describe each of the STSE functions.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 105 / 288
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
8.2.1 Module Controller
The Module Controller primarily handles messages on the DCL2 to supervisethe blocks (according to the OMU).
The Module Controller is the only DCL2 node on the STSE. Therefore,the Module Controller is responsible for forwarding commands to the otherfunctional blocks and relaying their reactions to the OMU.
The Module Controller converts the FN sent by the MCFNG to a serial format.This serial FN is distributed to the Clock Distribution and redundant MCFNG.The serial FN from the redundant MCFNG is converted into parallel formand sent to its own MCFNG.
The STSP connection between the Module Controller and MFG is used to tunethe MFG and monitor any MFG alarms. An EEPROM holds the MFG’s tuningcharacteristics (which vary between STSPs).
8.2.1.1 MicrocontrollerThe Module Controller is based on a 32-bit microcontroller with associatedmemory and support functions. It has several memory-mapped registers forcommunication with the MCFNG and Clock Distribution blocks (and MFGon the STSP).
8.2.1.2 InterfacesThe Host Interface is used for communication between the Module Controllerand the FHU.
The Module Controller also offers an MMI similar to RS-232, to which aterminal can be connected.
8.2.2 STSE Master Frequency Generator
The STSE MFG produces a stabilized 13 MHz clock signal. This is distributedto the local MCFNG and to the MCFNG of the redundant STSE. The clocksignal is generated by an Oven Controlled Crystal Oscillator.
Note that power must be applied to the OCXO for 15 minutes before its outputis stable. During this period, an "oven alarm" signal is generated.
The MFG is not equipped on the STSR/ESTR.
8.2.3 STSP Master Frequency Generator
The STSP is a version of the STSE which can be used where the localnetwork’s PCM clock is extremely stable.
The STSP MFG produces a tuned, stable, 13 MHz clock signal which isdistributed to the local MCFNG and to the MCFNG of the redundant STSP.
106 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
8.2.3.1 Internal Crystal OscillatorThe internal OCXO is synchronized with a 4.096 MHz signal derived from thePCM clock in the SMBI. Due to the PCM synchronization, no manual frequencyadjustment is ever needed. (This is in contrast to the STSE, where the OCXOis free running and requires periodic calibration).
The OCXO is electronically tunable. The frequency is regulated by softwarerunning on the Module Controller, by measuring the number of cycles occurringover a long period. The period is timed using the 4.096 MHz PCM clock.
If the 4.096 MHz reference signal is not available, the tuning adjustment of theOCXO is kept constant (at the last tuned setting).
8.2.3.2 AlarmsAn alarm is raised in the following situations:
During warm up (beginning at power up, and ending after 15 minutes)
If the OCXO tuning voltage is out of range (OCXO is no longer tunable)
If there is an oven defect in the OCXO
If there is a write/read defect in the EEPROM.
8.2.4 STSE/STSP Master Clock and Frame Number Generator
The MCFNG on the STSE/STSP receives the 13 MHz clock and ovenalarm from the MFG. It also receives these from the MFG of the redundantSTSE/STSP (if present). One of the Reference Clock signals is selected. Thisis distributed to the Divider, the RTE, up to eight Carrier Units, and up tofive collocated BTSs.
In turn the MCFNG provides as output the REFCLK, OBCLK, FCLK and FN.
The REFCLK used in the Carrier Unit as a synthesizer reference is producedin this block. All the necessary drivers to distribute this clock are located inthis area.
To fulfill the redundancy requirements, the redundant MCFNGs aresynchronized together. The OBCLK and FCLK are exchanged between theMCFNG and the redundant MCFNG. So that each MCFNG can react quickly tothe failure of the other, there is a direct status and Control link between the twoMCFNGs. The status of each MCFNG is held in a status register accessible toboth. This is updated following any change of status.
The MCFNG has six operational modes:
Master Mode
Slave Mode
Normal Mode
Independent Mode
Faulty Mode
Disconnected Mode.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 107 / 288
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
8.2.4.1 Master ModeThe MCFNG in Master Mode does not take into account the external referencefrom the slave MCFNG. Instead, it watches the status Control Link indicatingwhether the synchronization has succeeded.
8.2.4.2 Slave ModeThe MCFNG in Slave Mode generates its own FN in synchronization withthe external reference FN.
8.2.4.3 Normal ModeNormal Mode is the operational mode of both master and slave MCFNG,if no alarms occur.
Normal Mode is entered when the synchronization of both MCFNGs issuccessful. Each MCFNG generates the various clocks and the FN, andverifies its synchronization with the other MCFNG.
8.2.4.4 Independent ModeThe MCFNG enters Independent Mode if redundancy is lost. Only the OMUcan order this mode (except if an internal alarm occurs, leading to the MCFNGentering Faulty Mode). In this mode, each MCFNG generates its timingindependently regardless of the second MCFNG’s status.
8.2.4.5 Faulty ModeIn Faulty Mode the MCFNG is disconnected from the links to the BTS. Absenceof clocks from the faulty MCFNG is detected by the BTS clock receivers of theother (redundant) MCFNG.
8.2.4.6 Disconnected ModeIn Disconnected Mode, the MCFNG is disconnected from the links. TheMCFNG waits for delay parameters and then for a mode change command.
8.2.5 STSR Master Clock and Frame Number Generator
The MCFNG on the STSR works as a presence detector for the clocks comingfrom the master BTS. It then repeats them within the slave BTS. If a clock isabsent, an alarm is raised.
In an STSR, no synchronization between the redundant MCFNGs is performed.The MCFNG on the STSR has only Normal, Faulty and Disconnected modes ofoperation.
108 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
8.2.6 Clock Distribution
The Clock Distribution block receives the signals FCLK, OBCLK (directly fromthe MCFNG) and the serial FN (converted by the Module Controller). Theseclocks are monitored and their status reported to the Module Controller. TheClock Distribution block distributes the clocks within the BTS and additionallyup to five collocated BTS.
The FN signal is not synchronized with TDMA timing and is sentasynchronously. It is available after the beginning of each new frame as soonas the Frame Unit, Carrier Unit and FHU require it for TDMA timing. TheFN is sent one frame in advance.
To avoid introducing distribution delays, each clock is distributed in the sameway to each BTS entity.
Timing The Timing Generation in the Clock Distribution block produces theclocks for the FHU timing.
Synchronization of remote BTS units is implemented using an STSR on theremote BTS. The MCFNG of the STSR repeats the clocks but performs nostatus, control or synchronization functions.
A relative shift delay between the local BTS and the remote BTS isprogrammable via the Module Controller. The total delay for each link (i.e.,distribution delay plus programmed delay) is equal for all collocated BTSs.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 109 / 288
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
8.2.7 Frequency Hopping Unit
The FHU dynamically connects the Frame Units and Carrier Units in both thetransmit and receive direction. Up to eight Frame Unit and Carrier Units can beused, the Carrier Units transmitting on a fixed frequency.
8.2.7.1 FHU AlgorithmA frequency hopping algorithm generates a pseudo-random or periodicconnection sequence. This enables the subsequent time slots, used by aMobile Station, to hop between a set of frequencies.
Non-extended cell variants change the connections dynamically on a time-slotbasis given by a Frequency Hopping algorithm. Extended cell variants do notallow frequency hopping. In these submodules the Frame Unit-to-CarrierUnit connections are fixed.
8.2.7.2 FHU ControllerA Frequency Hopping Controller, based around a high performance DSP,executes the algorithm. This calculates the FHU switch configurations. Whenfrequency hopping is used, the switch is configured once every time slot.Additionally, the DSP reads the results of the local loop test (performed via theRTE) and reports any errors to the Module Controller.
The algorithm parameters are downloaded during startup of the FHU, oron command of the OMU.
8.2.7.3 FHU SwitchThe FHU switch is an 8 x 8 bidirectional switching matrix which provides theFrame Unit to Carrier Unit switching connections.
As clocks are generated and supervised elsewhere on the board, the FHUdoes not perform monitoring of each single clock. Only the absence of TSCKand/or FCLK causes an alarm to be raised here.
110 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
8.3 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the STSE.
The following information is provided:
LEDs
Trimming Potentiometer
Reset Buttons
Replacement
Power Supply.
8.3.1 LEDs
The following table lists the hardware status LEDs located on the front panel.
Marking Description
POWER ON Power supply present
FAULT System fault
Table 31: STSE Status LEDs
8.3.2 Trimming Potentiometer
The STSE front panel has an access point for a 13 MHz clock-trimmingpotentiometer, labelled TRIM.
8.3.3 Reset Buttons
Reset buttons, located on each unit’s front panel, are used for initializingthe STSE and STSP/STSR units.
8.3.4 Replacement
Hot insertion of the STSE is permitted.
8.3.5 Power Supply
Power is supplied via the backplane connectors at:
+5 VDC +/- 5 %
+12 VDC +/- 5 %.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 111 / 288
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
8.4 Physical DescriptionThe STSE is a single plug-in unit, which is mounted in a standard 19" subrack.This section describes the physical details of the STSE.
It provides the following information:
Dimensions
Front panels
Front panel connectors
Rear view.
The STSE variants are multilayer boards, which plug into a standard 19"subrack. The boards and their slots are mechanically coded to preventincorrect board insertion. The following sections describe the physical details ofthe STSE variants.
8.4.1 Dimensions
The physical dimensions of the STSE variants are shown in the following table.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 6 U 266.7 mm
Width: 6.5 T 33.0 mm
Depth: - 280 mm
Table 32: STSE/STSP/STSR Physical Dimensions
112 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
8.4.2 STSE Front Panel
The following figure shows the front panel of the STSE. It includes the statusLEDs, the three connectors, the TRIM access point and the reset button.
LEDs
Thumb Tab
POWER ON
FAULT
CLK
TEST
MMIEquipment
Labels
Fixing Hole
Thumb Tab
Fixing Hole
RESET Reset Button
CLK IN Connector
TEST Connector
MMI Connector
TRIMTrimming Potentiometer
IN
Figure 21: STSE Front Panel
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 113 / 288
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
8.4.3 STSP/STSR Front Panel
The following figure shows the STSP/STSR front panel. It is identical to theSTSE front panel except it does not have a trimming potentiometer.
LEDs
Thumb Tab
POWER ON
FAULT
Equipment
Labels
Fixing Hole
Thumb Tab
Fixing Hole
RESET Reset Button
CLK IN Connector
TEST Connector
MMI Connector
CLK
TEST
MMI
IN
Figure 22: STSP/STSR Front Panel
114 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
8.4.4 Front Panel Connectors
The following table describes the front panel connectors.
Connector Designation Type
MMI Provides a serial (RS-232) debug interface,internally connected to the ModuleController.
Sub-D 9-pin(female)
TEST Allows test access to the FN, REFCLK,FCLK and OBCLK signals. Each outputconforms to RS-422.
Sub-D 9-pin(female)
CLK IN This is used if the board is (or is configuredas) an STSR rather than an STSE/STSP.
Sub-D 9-pin(female)
Table 33: STSE Front Panel Connectors
The following table lists the MMI connector pin-out.
Pin Signal
1 NC
2 RX
3 TX
4 NC
5 GND
6 NC
7 NC
8 NC
9 NC
Table 34: STSE MMI Connector
NC = Not Connected
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 115 / 288
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
The following table lists the TEST connector pin-out.
Pin Signal
1 GND
2 FN-
3 FCLK-
4 OBCLK-
5 REFCLK-
6 FN+
7 FCLK+
8 OBCLK+
9 REFCLK+
Table 35: STSE TEST Connector
The following table lists the CLK IN connector pin-out.
Pin Signal
1 GND
2 FNIN-
3 FCLKIN-
4 OBCLKIN-
5 REFCLKIN-
6 FNIN+
7 FCLKIN+
8 OBCLKIN+
9 REFCLKIN+
Table 36: STSE CLK IN Connector
116 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
8.4.5 Rear View
The following figure shows the rear view of all variants. It includes the subrackconnector.
c b a
1
Octagonal Coding Guide
Octagonal Coding Guide
Connector
Multilayer Board
Fixing Hole
Fixing Hole
80
Figure 23: STSE Rear View
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 117 / 288
8 STSE/STSR/STSP/ESTS/ESTR
118 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
9 RTED/RTEG
9 RTED/RTEG
This chapter provides a detailed description of the RTE.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 119 / 288
9 RTED/RTEG
9.1 IntroductionThe RTE (Radio Test Equipment) provides a mechanism for testing the BTSbaseband and radio signal paths. It provides a single channel loopback pathbetween the BTS transmitter and receiver. This allows the Station Unit to sendtest information to the transmitter and then receive the same information viathe receiver. This check ensures that all the data processing, modulation,demodulation and conversion steps are functioning correctly. Thus all the unitsbetween the Frame Unit and the Coupling Unit are tested in both the downlinkand uplink directions.
The signals processed by the RTE are not subject to disturbances on the radiopath. The RTE input is directly connected to the output from the Combiner; theRTE output is directly fed into the RFE.
9.1.1 RTE Variants
Two functionally identical variants of RTE are used, depending on the systemtype:
RTED for GSM 1800 networks
RTEG for GSM 900 networks.
9.1.2 Functional Boards
The RTE contains the following boards:
RXRT
DRTE
TXRT
The RTE consists of three boards, as shown in the following figure.
Receiver Board
DigitalTransmitter
BoardProcessing
Unit
ControlControl
I/Q
Diversity RFE 2
Diversity RFE 1
Delayed I/Q Baseband
Station Unit
Baseband
Combiner
Figure 24: RTE Block Diagram
120 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
9 RTED/RTEG
9.2 Receiver Board FunctionsThe RXRT down converts the RF signal from the combiner. This processconverts one particular (programmable) downlink frequency into a 45 MHz(GSM 900) or 199 MHz (GSM 1800) Intermediate Frequency signal. The signalis amplified to a fixed level. A second down-conversion removes the 45 MHz(GSM 900) or 199 MHz (GSM 1800) carrier. The signal is then demodulatedinto I and Q baseband components for output to the DRTE.
The incoming RF signal is filtered by a bandpass filter, which suppressesinterference outside the downlink frequency range.
9.3 Digital Processing Unit FunctionsThe DRTE manages the loop test. Under command of the Station Unit, theDRTE activates the RXRT and TXRT, setting them to receive and transmit dataon the frequency pair specified. The downlink data received is converted tobaseband I and Q signals in digital form. The data is processed by a DSP andthen, after a time delay, is converted back into analog I and Q baseband signals.
Received power is measured and the transmit power is set accordingly.
Interfaces The following interfaces exist between the DRTE and the StationUnit.
The DCL2, which is used for command and status report communicationwith the Station Unit
The Clock interface to the Station Unit, which carries the OBCLK, FCLK andREFCLK signals. It provides the RTE with the timing signals necessary
for operation
Frequency Hopping Controller Link, which carries the ARFCN. This is sentover the FHC link, so that the RTE knows which channel to test.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 121 / 288
9 RTED/RTEG
9.4 Transmitter Board FunctionsThe TXRT upconverts baseband I and Q signals generated by the DRTE to therequired transmit carrier frequency.
The signal is filtered to ensure that only frequencies in the uplink arepresent. The output power is carefully controlled so that it meets the GSMrecommendations.
At the output, the signal is split to allow testing of BTS with antenna diversity.
9.5 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the RTE.
The following information is provided:
Replacement
Power Supply.
9.5.1 Replacement
Removal and insertion of the RTE, while power is present on the backplane,can result in damage to the unit.
Risk of Damage to EquipmentHot replacement of the RTE is not permitted.
9.5.2 Power Supply
Power is supplied to the RTE via the backplane connectors:
+5 VDC +/- 2 %, 1 A (RTEG)
+5 VDC +/- 2 %, 0.5 A (RTED)
+12 VDC +/-2 %, 1 A.
122 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
9 RTED/RTEG
9.6 Physical DescriptionBoth RTE variants have identical physical characteristics. They are enclosedwithin a metal box conforming to the standard 19" rack dimensions. Thissection describes the physical details of the RTE variants.
It provides the following information:
Dimensions
Front Panel
Rear View
Connectors.
9.6.1 Dimensions
The following table shows the physical dimensions of the RTE.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 3 U 133.3 mm
Width: 10 T 50.8 mm
Depth: - 280 mm
Table 37: RTE Physical Dimensions
9.6.2 Front Panel
The following figure shows the RTE front panel, including the IN/OUTconnectors.
Fixing Hole
Fixing Hole
Thumb Tab
Equipment Labels
RF OUT Connector
IN
OUT
RF IN Connector
DIV OUT
DIV RF OUT Connector
Figure 25: RTE Front Panel
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 123 / 288
9 RTED/RTEG
9.6.3 Rear View
The RTE rear panel is shown in the following figure.
Rear Connector
Fixing Hole
Fixing Hole
Figure 26: RTE Rear View
9.6.4 Connectors
Three SMA-type female 50 Ohm RF connectors are used for RF input, RFnon-diversity output and RF diversity output.
124 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
10 TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM
10 TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM
This chapter provides a detailed description of the transmitters.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 125 / 288
10 TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM
10.1 IntroductionThe primary function of the transmitter is to convert a Digitally EncodedTransmitter Data stream to a modulated RF signal. The output channelfrequency is programmable within the downlink band.
10.1.1 Variants
The following table lists the types of transmitter that are available. The variantused depends on the system type and power requirements of the cell.
Transmitter Description
TXGH - 50 W output power
TXGM - 30 W output power
GSM 900
TEGM - 30 W output power for extended-cells.
GSM 1800 TXDH - 25 W output power
Table 38: Transmitter Variants
Throughout this chapter, references to the transmitter are applicable to allvariants unless otherwise stated.
10.1.2 Functions
The transmitter converts the digital data stream coming from the FHI into aGMSK-modulated RF signal. It does this by using the local oscillator signalcoming from the Synthesizer Transmitter Board. This GMSK-modulated RFsignal is amplified to the required transmit power in a multi-stage amplifier.
The output power of the transmit amplifier is adjustable under control of theDigital Transmitter Board. This is needed for the power ramping of the burstand power control purpose.
Channel frequency selection is controlled by communication with the StationUnit.
The Transmitter functional blocks and interfaces are illustrated in the followingfigure.
126 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
10 TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM
GMSK Modulator
Power Amplifier
Power Coupling
and Detection
Transmitter Frequency Synthesizer
DisplayPower Control and Alarms
Carrier Unit Control
FHI
DCL2
Clocks
Data & Clock
I
QRF−Output
Analog Transmitter Board Power Amplifier Transmitter Board
RF
Power Control
Temp. Sensor
Forward & Reverse Power Measurement
Display BoardDigital Transmitter Board
Synthesizer Transmitter Board
Receiver
Control
RFUpconverter
IF Local Oscillator
I/Q Modulator
IF
Local Oscillator Signal
Figure 27: Transmitter Block Diagram
10.2 Transmitter FunctionsThe transmitter contains the following functional blocks:
Carrier Unit control
Power control and alarms
Display
GMSK Modulator
I/Q Modulator
Upconverter
Power Amplifier
Power coupling and detection
Transmitter Frequency Synthesizer.
The following sections describe the functional blocks.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 127 / 288
10 TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM
10.2.1 Carrier Unit Control
The Carrier Unit Control block:
Supervises the transmitter and receiver
Generates clocks and programs the transmitter and receiver synthesizers.
The block also monitors the alarm lines of external and internal units. Ittranslates any alarms to error codes for the Station Unit and front panel display.
The main functions are summarized below:
Communication with the Station Unit via the DCL2
Selecting the clocks from the redundant clock buses
Generating the Carrier Unit internal timing for the transmitter and receiver
Selecting the FHI link
Controlling the transmitter and receiver frequency synthesizers (set under
Station Unit control)
Providing the Display Interface with the channel number, alarm code andinitialization states
Booting and supervising the Power Control and Alarms DSP
Assembling status information and transmitting it to the receiver
Receiving the transmit data stream from the FHU
Buffering and transmitting up to two receive data streams (preprocessed
I, Q samples) from the receiver
Testing the hardware at the FHI Link
Supervising and collecting alarms of the Carrier Unit and reporting themto the Station Unit.
The TEGM differs from the TXGM in timing generation. It uses time-advancedtransmission to compensate for the long Air Interface delay in extended cells.
128 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
10 TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM
10.2.2 Power Control and Alarms
The Power Control and Alarms block provides digital control of the pulsedPower Amplifier. This guarantees the GSM specified spectrum, output powerand envelope.
The Power Control and Alarms DSP performs the following additional functions:
Carrier Unit control communication
Transmit data stream processing
Alarm processing.
The following information is received from the Power Amplifier TransmitterBoard:
Forward power measurement
Reverse power measurement
Temperature.
Alarms are raised if the reflected power is too high, or if the temperaturebecomes too high.
10.2.3 Display
The front panel display shows transmitter states during the initializationphase. Once the transmitter is operational, the channel number and alarmcode are shown.
10.2.4 GMSK Modulator
The GMSK Modulator converts the digital transmit data stream into twobaseband signals, I and Q.
This is achieved by differentially encoding the input, and generating an addresswhich points to sine and cosine values in an EPROM. The digital values areconverted to analog signals, amplified and filtered to form the baseband signals.
10.2.5 I/Q Modulator
The I/Q Modulation block translates the baseband signal to the IF. It splits the IFlocal oscillator signal into two 90 o phase-shifted components. These are mixedwith the I and Q baseband signals.
10.2.6 Upconverter
The Upconverter translates the IF signal to the Downlink RF frequency.
The I/Q Modulator and Upconverter effectively phase modulate the RF carrierwith the baseband signals, while ensuring that the RF amplitude remainsconstant.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 129 / 288
10 TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM
10.2.7 Power Amplifier
The Power Amplifier boosts the RF output from the Upconverter, in severalstages, to the required output power. In the control amplifier stages, attenuatorsused for power regulation are controlled by the Power Control and Alarms block.Also, the Power Amplifier supply voltage is switchable via control lines.
A temperature sensor mounted near the power stage is monitored by the PowerControl and Alarms block. If the temperature exceeds 75 o C, a Temperature BAlarm is displayed on the front panel and an alarm is raised at the Station Unit.If the temperature exceeds 80 o C the amplifier is powered down, a TemperatureA Alarm is displayed, and a further alarm is raised at the Station Unit.
10.2.8 Power Coupling and Detection
The Power Coupling and Detection block contains a directional coupler forpower measurements. It also contains a circulator for deflecting any reflectedpower, to a termination, if the output connector is disconnected.
Forward and reverse power is measured and reported to the Power Controland Alarms block.
10.2.9 Transmitter Frequency Synthesizer
The Transmitter Frequency Synthesizer supplies local oscillator signals to theI/Q Modulator and Upconverter. The frequency of the local Upconverter signalis produced by a Voltage Controlled Oscillator. This is locked to the 13 MHzreference clock from the Station Unit. Frequency programming is supervisedby the Carrier Unit Control block. The actual frequency to be synthesized isdecided by the Station Unit.
If the Frequency Generator is faulty, an alarm signal is generated and theappropriate alarm code is displayed on the front panel.
130 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
10 TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM
10.3 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the Transmitter.
The following information is provided:
Display States
Replacement
Power Supply.
10.3.1 Display States
The front panel display states during initialization for the transmitter are shownin the following table.
Display Description
-0- Disable Carrier Unit Control module
888 Test display
-1- Display test successful
-2- RAM test
-3- Initialization of the PSD ports
L0- Reset LCA
L1- Clear contents of LCA
L2- Downloading the LCA configuration
L3- Ready with downloading the LCA
L4- Test if downloading was successful by the D/P bit
-4- Start the Carrier Unit Control module
-5- Reading the Carrier Unit interface
-6- Reset the clock alarms
P0- Reset the Power Control and Alarms processor (if minimumone clock link available)
P1- Booting the Power Control and Alarms processor (if minimumone clock link available)
- Successful initialization
Table 39: Transmitter Display States During Initialization
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 131 / 288
10 TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM
10.3.2 Fatal Error
If a fatal error occurs during initialization the channel number segments displaythe moving message ’—HELP—’. The error codes displayed in this messageare listed in the following table.
Display Description
1 RAM error
2 LCA configuration error
Table 40: Transmitter Initialization Fatal Error Display
After successful initialization, the transmitter waits for configuration data. Inthis state the channel number segments display a dash, and the alarm codesegment shows the alarm codes 3, 8 and a dash.
10.3.3 DCL2 Error
If any DCL2 error is detected in a message to the transmitter, the error type isshown, as listed in the following table.
ChannelSegments Alarm Code Segment Description
-E- 1 Q1-relay faulty
-E- 2 Invalid message
Table 41: DCL2 Error Code
The transmit power is indicated by a dash (transmit power OFF) and a blank(transmit power ON) at the alarm code segment.
132 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
10 TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM
10.3.4 Alarm Codes
The Alarm Codes displayed during normal operation are listed in the followingtable.
AlarmCode Description
0 FHI Link Alarm
Fault at one or both FHI links
1 Receiver Self-test Alarm
Fault at Receiver - or Diversity processor
2 Receiver Alarm
Wrong operation point of the LNA
Fault at the high gain path.
Power difference between I and Q-path >20 dB.
3 Receiver-Synthesizer Alarm.
One or both Receiver synthesizers not locked.
4 VSWR Alarm.
Reflected RF power is too high, VSWR = 2.5 - 4.0.
5 Transmitter Power Alarm.
RF output power has dropped by >3 dB.
6 Temperature Alarm B.
Transmitter temperature >75 o C.
7 Temperature Alarm A.
Transmitter temperature >80 o C. The RF power is switchedOFF automatically.
8 Transmitter-Synthesizer Alarm.
The synthesizer of the transmitter is not locked. The RF poweris switched OFF automatically.
9 Clock alarm.
One or more clock signals are missing.
- No alarm, RF power OFF.
blank No alarm, RF power ON.
Table 42: Normal Operation Alarm Display
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 133 / 288
10 TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM
10.3.5 Replacement
Removal and insertion of the transmitter, while power is present on thebackplane, can result in damage to the unit.
Risk of Damage to EquipmentHot replacement of the transmitter is not permitted.
10.3.6 Power Supply
Power is supplied to the transmitter via the backplane connectors:
+5 VDC
+12 VDC
-12 VDC
+26 VDC.
10.3.7 Output Power
The output powers of the transmitters are listed in the following table.
Variant Maximum Output (dBm)
TXDH 25 W 44.0 dBm
TXGM 30 W 44.8 dBm
TEGM 30 W 44.8 dBm
TXGH 50 W 47.0 dBm
Table 43: Transmitter Output Powers
Each transmitter has power control in 15 stages of 2 dB.
134 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
10 TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM
10.4 Physical DescriptionThe transmitters are enclosed in a metal box conforming to the standard19" rack dimensions.
The following sections describe the physical details of the transmitter variants:
Dimensions
Front Panel
Output Connector
Rear View.
10.4.1 Dimensions
The following table shows the physical dimensions of the transmitters.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 6 U 266.7 mm
Width: TXGM/TEGM: 12 T 60.9 mm
TXDH/TXGH: 17 T 86.4 mm
Depth: - 285.0 mm
Table 44: Transmitter Physical Dimensions
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 135 / 288
10 TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM
10.4.2 Front Panel
The Transmitter front panel is shown in the following figure. It includes anoutput connector and status display.
Fixing Holes
ALARM CODE TABLE0 FHI Link Test1 RX Self−test2 RX
RX Synthesizer4 VSWR5 TX Power6 Temperature B7 Temperature A8 TX Synthesizer
Clock9
Alarm Code
Channel
Fixing Holes
Display
HandleEquipment Labels
TX RF Output Connector
3
Figure 28: Transmitter Front Panel
10.4.3 Output Connector
The RF signal is output via an N-Type, female, 50 Ohm connector mountedon the front panel.
136 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
10 TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM
10.4.4 Rear View
The rear view of the transmitter is shown in the following figure. It includesthe rear connector.
Rear Connector
Cooling Fins
1
32
c b
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
a
Figure 29: Transmitter Rear View
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 137 / 288
10 TXDH/TXGH/TXGM/TEGM
138 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
11 RXDD/RXGD
11 RXDD/RXGD
This chapter provides a detailed description of the Receivers.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 139 / 288
11 RXDD/RXGD
11.1 IntroductionThe Receiver is part of the BTS Carrier Unit module. Two identical sets ofanalog circuitry provide the diversity paths required.
The antenna(s) receive RF signals from all Mobile Stations transmitting onthe uplink channels. These signals are fed to the Receiver via the RFE. Thereceived signal contains channels, which contain digital data encoded usingGMSK modulation. Eight Mobile Stations can share one channel on a timedivision basis.
The Receiver converts the input from one of these channels into a digitalrepresentation of the signal. The particular channel selected for conversiondepends on instructions received from the Station Unit. The Receiver outputsthis digital representation to the Frame Unit via buffers. In the Frame Unitdemodulation and extraction of the required data is carried out for subsequenttransmission over the Public Land Mobile Network.
11.1.1 Variants
Two types of receiver are used depending on the system type:
RXDD for GSM 1800 networks
RXDG for GSM 900 networks.
11.1.2 Functions
The Receiver functions can be summarized as:
Downconversion of the RF signal
Amplification of the signal
Analog-Digital conversion
Digital preprocessing
Output to Frame Unit.
Two identical sets of analog circuitry provide diversity paths.
140 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
11 RXDD/RXGD
11.1.3 Functional Boards
The Receiver contains the following functional boards:
ARXE
Digital Board
SRXE
ARXE
Analog Board 1
SRXE
Frequency Synthesizer Board
ARXE
Analog Board 2 Diversity
+12 V−12 V+5 V
STATSTATCLK
ILDSLCKOBCKPP+OBCKPP−
SYNDATASYNCLKSYNAXENREFOUT+
LO1 LO2
LO1 LO2
RXALDIVALRXSYNALPREAL
Diversity Configuration
RF Input Diversity
RF Input
Transmitter
Digital Board
DRX
RXDATA
+12 V−12 V
I (H)
I (L)Q (H)Q (L)
RXAL
+12 V
3−wire Bus
REFCLK
RXSYNAL
+12 V−12 V
I (H)I (L)Q (H)Q (L)
DIVAL
Figure 30: Receiver Block Diagram
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 141 / 288
11 RXDD/RXGD
11.2 ARXE FunctionsThe ARXE downconverts the RF signal using a fixed IF, and extracts the GMSKmodulated signal. This is then split into I and Q demodulated high and low gainanalog signals. The Receiver contains two of these boards.
The RF signal from the RFE is fed to a low noise amplifier. This is followedby a bandpass filter to suppress interference from outside the GSM 900 andGSM 1800 frequency ranges.
The RF signal is mixed with the local oscillator signal LO1. The requiredchannel is thereby converted into a 199 MHz IF signal. Further filtering iscarried out to suppress interference from adjacent channels.
11.2.1 Signal Paths
In order to cope with widely varying signal strengths, the signal is split into twopaths, which go through different, fixed-amplification stages.
The two signal paths are split again into I and Q components, the Q path beinga 90 degree phase shift of the I path. The 199 MHz carrier is removed bymixing with the local oscillator LO2 signal, leaving just the GMSK encodedsignals which are forwarded to the Digital Board.
11.2.2 Alarm
If there is a fault with the input signal, an alarm RXAL (for the first/non-diversityinput), or DIVAL (for the second input), is raised. The alarms are forwardedto the Station Unit.
11.3 Digital Board FunctionsThe Digital Board carries out A-D conversion on the two signal paths. It selectseither the high or low gain path depending on the signal strength. The digitaldata is processed and output to buffers located in the transmitter submodule,which forward the data to the Frame Unit.
11.3.1 DSP
A DSP controls all data transfer and data manipulation on the Digital Board.The software is stored on an EEPROM. A Watchdog circuit is responsible formonitoring the state of the system (including the power supplies), and resettingthe DSP if an error occurs.
11.3.2 A-D Converters
Fast 12-bit A-D converters produce a digital representation of the two sets of Iand Q signals from the ARXE. For each time slot, the eight most significantbits of these samples are forwarded to the Frame Unit for demodulation andfurther processing. This conversion process, combined with the high/lowgain signal path selection, allows the received signal strengths to be within avery high dynamic range.
For the non-diversity configuration, a jumper has to be plugged in the DigitalBoard. In this configuration, the incoming RF signal is duplicated on bothdiversity outputs.
142 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
11 RXDD/RXGD
11.4 SRXE Board FunctionsThe SRXE provides the IF and RF signals for the ARXE, as determined bythe Station Unit.
11.4.1 Frequencies
Programmable Phase-Locked Loops generate the required frequencies:
LO1A sine wave programmable to the GSM 900 or GSM 1800 uplink frequencychannels, minus 199 MHz. The precise value is controlled by the OMU anddetermines which channel is to be received.
LO2A sine wave fixed at 199 MHz, providing a reference IF signal.
11.4.2 Alarm
If an oscillator fault occurs, an alarm signal is generated which is forwarded tothe OMU.
A splitter on the LO1 and LO2 signals provides separate outputs for each ofthe diversity pair of ARXEs.
11.5 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the Receiver.
The following information is provided:
Replacement
Power supply.
11.5.1 Replacement
Removal and insertion of the Receiver, while power is present on thebackplane, can result in damage to the unit.
Risk of Damage to EquipmentHot replacement of the Receiver is not permitted.
11.5.2 Power Supply
Power is supplied to the Receiver via the backplane connector:
+5 VDC, 0.2 A
+12 VDC, 1 A
+12 VDC, 1.2 A
-12 VDC, 0.3 A
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 143 / 288
11 RXDD/RXGD
11.6 Physical DescriptionThe Receiver is enclosed in a metal box conforming to the standard 19" rackdimensions.
The following sections describe the physical details of the Receiver:
Dimensions
Front Panel
RF Connectors
Rear View.
11.6.1 Dimensions
The following table shows the physical dimensions of the Receiver.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 6 U 266.7 mm
Width: 6 T 30.5 mm
Depth: - 285 mm
Table 45: Receiver Physical Dimensions
144 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
11 RXDD/RXGD
11.6.2 Front Panel
The following figure shows the Receiver front panel. It includes the RF inputconnectors.
Fixing Hole
Fixing Hole
Handle
Handle
Equipment Labels
RF Input to Analog Board Diversity
DIV IN
RF Input to Analog Board
IN
Figure 31: Receiver Front Panel
11.6.3 RF Connectors
Two RF-input connectors are provided on the front panel, SMA female 50 Ohm.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 145 / 288
11 RXDD/RXGD
11.6.4 Rear View
The following figure shows the Receiver rear view. It includes the connectorwhich plugs into the backplane of the subrack.
Rear Connector
c b a 1
Fixing Hole
Fixing Hole
Figure 32: Receiver Rear View
146 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
12 FED8/FEG2/FEG8
12 FED8/FEG2/FEG8
This chapter provides a detailed description of the RFE.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 147 / 288
12 FED8/FEG2/FEG8
12.1 IntroductionThe RFE (Receiver Front End) provides the uplink coupling between the BTSantenna and receivers. The type of RFE depends on the network type (GSM900 or GSM 1800), and the number of receivers in the BTS. When antennadiversity is used, two identical RFEs are used.
The RFE is designed for plug-in installation into a subrack. Its main purpose isto filter and amplify the signal from the receive antenna before distributing it toeach receiver. A test input is provided for RF loopback tests.
12.1.1 RFE Variants
Depending on system type and configuration requirements, one of the followingRFE types can be used. In addition, a number of functionally identicaltype-variants are available, from two different manufacturers.
12.1.2 GSM 900 RFEs
There are GSM 900 RFEs for two-carrier and eight-carrier BTSs. The followingFEG2 variants are available:
3BK 01841 AAAA (Forem)
3BK 01841 AABA (Celwave).
There are also two FEG8 variants available:
3BK 01842 AAAA (Forem)
3BK 01842 AABA (Celwave).
12.1.3 GSM 1800 RFEs
There is one FED8 variant for GSM 1800 RFE. The 3BK 01845 ABAA (Micom)is used for BTSs of between one and eight-carriers.
RF Input
RF Bandpass Filter
Status
AMP1 AMP2
Controller LEDs
Control Signal
Alarm Signals
Station Unit+5 VDC +12 VDC
RF
1
8
Power Splitter
OutputtoReceivers
StepAttenuator
AMP Amplifier
Status
Directional Coupler
Test Interface
Figure 33: FED8 Block Diagram
148 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
12 FED8/FEG2/FEG8
RF Input
Test Interface
Directional Coupler
RF Bandpass Filter
Amplifier Module
Control Status
LNA1
LNA2
Controller LEDs
Control Signals
Alarm Signals
Station Unit+5 VDC +12 VDC
RF
1
n
Power Splitter
OutputtoReceivers
n = 2 for FEG2n = 8 for FEG8
LNA Low Noise Amplifier
Figure 34: FEG2 and FEG8 Block Diagram
12.2 RFE FunctionsThe RFE includes the following functional blocks:
RF Bandpass Filter
Directional Coupler and Test Interface
Amplifier Module
Power Splitter
Controller.
12.2.1 RF Bandpass Filter
In the FEG2 and the FEG8, the input signal is fed into the RF Bandpass Filterbefore being passed to the amplifier module via the directional coupler. In theFED8 the input signal also passes through a step attenuator.
The RF Bandpass Filter is a multistage type with low insertion loss in thepass-band and steep roll-off.
The filter only passes frequencies in the GSM 900 or GSM 1800 receive bands.This minimizes the effects of signals transmitted by the BTS, harmonics of thetransmitted and received signals, and any other noise.
12.2.2 Directional Coupler and Test Interface
FEG2/FED8/FEG8 The Directional Coupler mixes the RTE output and receivedRF signal without any interruption to either signal path.
The test input enables loop-testing of the transmission and reception equipment.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 149 / 288
12 FED8/FEG2/FEG8
12.2.3 Step Attenuator
FED8 only The step attenuator can be adjusted in 3 dB steps using a DIPswitch mounted inside the FED8. The step attenuator compensates for differentantenna cable lengths.
12.2.4 Amplifier Module
12.2.4.1 FEG2/FEG8 onlyThe Amplifier Module amplifies the signal. Two Low Noise Amplifiers are used.They are configured as a dual-redundant pair under control of the controllerblock (one LNA remains on hot standby while the other is operational).
The incoming RF signal passes through the input relay to the operational LNA.This boosts the signal which is then fed through the output relay to the powersplitter for subsequent distribution.
Each LNA is supervised by a power supply current monitor which produces astatus signal that is fed to the controller.
12.2.4.2 FED8 onlyThere are two amplifiers with a step attenuator between them. Each amplifier iscomposed of two LNAs in a balanced configuration for better performance andreliability. The overall gain is adjusted with the attenuator. The incoming signalsare amplified and fed to the power splitter for further distribution.
Each LNA is supervised by a power supply current monitor which produces astatus signal that is fed to the controller.
12.2.5 Power Splitter
The Power Splitter divides the amplified RF signal to produce separate signalsthat are fed to the individual receiver inputs.
In the FEG2, the received RF signal is split into two separate receiver signalsand in the FEG8/FED8 the signal is split eight ways.
12.2.6 Controller
The Controller operates under the supervision of the Station Unit, via a duplexcontrol link. It processes Station Unit control commands. For the FEG2 andFEG8, it also generates control signals to switch the LNA relays.
12.2.6.1 Operational Modes (FEG2/FEG8 only)The RFE can operate in two different modes (the selection of which is underStation Unit control):
Automatic ModeThe controller monitors the power consumption of each LNA. If theoperational LNA fails, switchover to the standby LNA is performedautomatically.
Controlled ModeOne LNA is selected by the Station Unit, depending on the status of theLNA control lines.
When the Station Unit requests a change from controlled mode to automaticmode, the LNA currently in operation remains selected.
150 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
12 FED8/FEG2/FEG8
12.2.6.2 Alarm SignalsThe alarm signals are fed to the Station Unit via optocouplers in the controller.The following table defines the alarm signals generated by the controller.
Alarm Signal Definition
AMP-DEFECT Generated when either LNA is faulty.
In the FEG2/FEG8, this is raised if a relay is faulty. (That is, the relay positions donot allow the proper operation of one LNA, or if the LNA selected by the relays is notthat requested by the incoming LNA control signals.)
REL-DEFECT
In the FED8, this is a dummy signal that is switched on when the ALARM-CONTROLsignal is received. It simulates an alarm function that is checked by the software.
SYST-DEFECT Indicates total failure. It is generated when neither of the two amplifier branchesare functional.
Table 46: RFE Alarm Signals
12.2.6.3 Control SignalsThe following table defines the control signals received by the controller.
Control Signal Definition
ALARM-CONTROL Inverts the outgoing alarm signals and LEDs, allowing the external alarmcircuitry to be checked (by the controller). The results of the test are sent tothe Station Unit.
LNACTL1 and LNACTL2 In the FEG2/FEG8, this selects the operational mode of the controller.
Table 47: RFE Control Signals
12.3 Antenna Diversity ConfigurationAntenna diversity configurations require two identical RFEs to be used together.The second is positioned beneath the first; the first always being the master,the second the slave.
Alarm lines in the diversity configuration are combined by subrack backplaneconnections. The SYST-DEFECT output signal indicates that SYST-1-DEFECT(master) and SYST-2-DEFECT (slave) alarms are active. The two other alarmoutputs produced indicate a fault on either RFE; their individual status can bedetermined only by examination of the LED indicators.
12.3.1 FEG2/FEG8 only
The three incoming command lines (LNACTL1, LNACTL, ALARM-CONTROL)are used for both submodules.
12.3.2 FED8 only
The incoming command line ALARM-CONTROL is used for both submodules.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 151 / 288
12 FED8/FEG2/FEG8
12.4 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the RFEs.
The following information is provided:
LEDs
Power Supply
Performance Characteristics.
12.4.1 LEDs
The following table lists the status LEDs located on the front panel.
LED Description
DC1 +12 VDC power supply present
DC2 +5 VDC power supply present
AMP Faulty LNA
REL Faulty Relay
SYST Fatal system fault
Table 48: RFE Status LEDs
12.4.2 Power Supply
The RFE has the following power requirements:
-12 VDC +/- 3 % (0.5 A max)
+5 VDC +/- 3 % (0.1 A max).
12.4.3 Performance Characteristics
The following table lists the electrical performance characteristics of the RFE.The characteristics for all variants are identical except where stated.
Parameter GSM 900 GSM 1800
Operating frequency range (MHz): 880 - 915 1710 - 1785
(+50 o C): 4.5 dB max -Noise figure
(+70 o C): 5.0 dB max -
0 dB - 3.3 dB max (+50 o C)
3.6 dB max (+70 o C)
Noise figurefor attenuatorsetting(FED8): 1, 2, 3 dB - 3.8 dB max
152 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
12 FED8/FEG2/FEG8
Parameter GSM 900 GSM 1800
(-10 o C/+70 o C): 12.5 dB +/- 2 dB 12.7 dB +/- 2 dBFE x 2 gainbetweenoutput andinput
(+10 o C/+50 o C): 12.5 dB +/- 1 dB 12.7 dB +/- 1 dB
(-10 o C/+70 o C): 12.8 dB +/- 2 dB -FE x 8 gainbetweenoutput andinput:
(+10 o C/+50 o C): 12.8 dB +/- 1 dB -
0 dB - 15.5 - 18.0 dB (-10 o C/+70 o C)
16.0 - 17.5 dB (+10 o C/+70 o C)
1 dB - 1 dB +/- 0.1 dB less than the 0dB setting value
2 dB - 2 dB +/- 0.1 dB less than the 0dB setting value
Gain betweeninput andoutput forattenuatorsetting(FED8):
3 dB - 3 dB +/- 0.1 dB less than the 0dB setting value
1 dB input gain compression point: - [ge ] -13 dBm (1710 - 1785 MHz)
Interference level at which signaldesensitization is < 1 dB:
> 8 dBm (0.1 - 870 MHz)
> -13 dBm (870 - 925 MHz)
> 30 dBm (925 - 960 MHz)
> 8 dBm (960 - 12750 MHz)
> 0 dBm (0.1 - 1690 MHz)
> -23 dBm (1690 - 1805 MHz)
> 0 dBm (1.805 - 12.75 GHz)
Intermodulation attenuation: > 70 dB / -43 dBm interferencelevel
> 70 dB / -47 dBm interferencelevel
> 50 dB (0.1 - 816 MHz) > 80 dB (0.1 - 1400 MHz)
> 20 dB (816 - 870 MHz) > 50 dB (1.400 - 1.686 GHz)(FED8)
> 46 dB (925 - 3000 MHz) > 60 dB (1.805 - 3.0 GHz)
Attenuation relative to passband:
> 30 dB (3 - 12.75 GHz) > 30 dB (3.0 - 12.75 GHz)
Isolation between two outputs: > 25 dB > 25 dB
Input/output VSWR: < 1.5 / 50 Ohm < 1.5 / 50 Ohm
Isolation between output and input: > 30 dB > 30 dB
Test loop coupler coupling betweenTEST connector and output port:
29.0 dB +/- 2 dB (FEG8)
29.2 dB +/- 2 dB (FEG2)
28.4 dB +/- 2 dB (FED8)
Test loop coupler isolation betweenTEST connector and input port:
> 47 dB min > 42 dB min (FED8)
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 153 / 288
12 FED8/FEG2/FEG8
Parameter GSM 900 GSM 1800
Controller input via 180 Ohm resistor: Imax 20 mA Imax 20 mA
Controller output: Imax 10 mA
VCE = 0.4 V
VCEO = 30 V
Imax 10 mA
VCE = 0.4 V
VCEO = 30 V
Table 49: RFE Performance Characteristics
12.5 Physical DescriptionThe RFE is a box assembly incorporating electromagnetic shielding wherenecessary. The front panel is drilled for rack mounting. The assembly isalso supported at each side by guides located in the subrack. This sectiondescribes the physical details of the RFE.
It contains the following information:
Dimensions
Front Panels
Front Panel Connectors
Rear View.
12.5.1 Dimensions
The physical dimensions of the RFE are shown in the following table.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 3 U 129.0 mm
Width: 10 T 49.8 mm
Depth: - 280.0 mm
Table 50: RFE Physical Dimensions
154 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
12 FED8/FEG2/FEG8
12.5.2 Front Panels
12.5.2.1 FEG2 Front PanelThe following figure shows front panels of the FEG2 variants. These includethe RF connectors, LED indicators and a handle to allow simple insertion andremoval. An equipment label identifies each variant.
1
2
ANT
DC1 DC2
AMP
SYST REL
TEST
Fixing Hole
Equipment Labels
RF Output Connector 1
LED Indicators
Test Connector
Handle
Fixing Hole
1
2
ANT
DC2
SYSTREL
TEST
AMP
RF Output Connector 2
RF Input Connector (ANT)
3BK 01841 AAAA (Forem GSM) 3BK 01841 AABA (Celwave GSM)
DC1
Figure 35: FEG2 Front Panels
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 155 / 288
12 FED8/FEG2/FEG8
12.5.2.2 FEG8 Front PanelThe FEG8 front panels (both variants) are shown in the following figure. Theseincludes the LED indications, the RF connections and a handle to allow simpleinsertion and removal. An equipment label identifies each variant.
1
2
ANT
AMP
SYST REL
TEST
Fixing Hole
Equipment Labels
RF Output Connector 1
LED Indicators
Test Connector
Handle
Fixing Hole
1
2
ANTDC1 DC2
SYSTREL
TEST
AMP
RF Output Connector 2
RF Input Connector (ANT)
3
4
3
4
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
3BK 01842 AAAA (Forem GSM) 3BK 01842 AABA (Celwave GSM)
Figure 36: FEG8 Front Panel
156 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
12 FED8/FEG2/FEG8
12.5.2.3 FED8 Front PanelThe figure below shows the FED8 front panel. It includes the RF connectors,the LED indicators, an equipment label and a handle for easy removal andinsertion.
1
2
ANT
DC1
DC2
AMP
SYST
REL
TEST
3
4
5
6
7
8
3BK 01845 ABAA (Micom DCS)
Test Connector
Fixing HoleEquipment Labels
RF Output Connector 1/5
LED Indicators
Handle
Fixing Hole
RF OutputConnector 2/6
RF Input Connector (ANT)
RF OutputConnector 3/7
RF OutputConnector 4/8
Figure 37: FED8 Front Panel
12.5.3 Front Panel Connectors
Each front panel contains the following RF connectors:
One antenna input connector, N-type female
Two (FEG2) or eight (FEG8/FED8) receiver output connectors, SMA-type
female
One RTE test connector, also SMA-type female.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 157 / 288
12 FED8/FEG2/FEG8
12.5.4 Rear View
The following figure shows the rear view (common to all variants). It includes aconnector for the power supply, control and alarm lines.
Rear Connector
Fixing Hole
Fixing Hole
Pin 1, Row A
Figure 38: RFE Rear View
158 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
This chapter provides a detailed description of the Antenna Pre-Amplifier.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 159 / 288
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
13.1 IntroductionThe antenna pre-amplifier units operate within the GSM 900 or GSM 1800uplink bands. Two sets are required for antenna diversity. Each set consistsof two main units as shown in the following table.
Variant Contents
TMAGGSM 900
RMCG
TMADGSM 1800
RMCD
Table 51: Antenna Pre-amplifier Sets
The TMAD/TMAG provides the initial gain and is housed in a small casinglocated at the base of the antenna. The RF input connects directly to theantenna and its output connects to the Receiver Multicoupler via the LongRF cable.
The RMCD/RMCG is located in the BTS cabinet, replacing the usual ReceiverFront-End. It further amplifies the RF signal to a fixed overall gain and monitorsfor faults. An output splitter feeds the amplified RF to the receiver(s).
Note: References to the GSM 900 submodules also include the GSM 1800submodules, unless otherwise stated.
Logical Position The figure below shows the logical positionning of theantenna pre-amplifier.
TMAG/ TMAD
RMCG/ RMCD
Antenna
Receivers
Long RF Cable
Tower
BTS
Figure 39: Antenna Pre-amplifier Logical Positioning
160 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
13.2 TMAD/TMAG FunctionsThe Tower Mounted Amplifier is connected directly to the antenna and providesthe following features:
Fault tolerant, low noise amplification of the received RF signal
Pilot tone injection for fault monitoring
DC loop antenna monitoring
Alarm generation for fault conditions.
13.2.1 Functional Blocks
The Tower Mounted Amplifier contains the following functional blocks:
Band Pass Filter
Coupler
Pilot Tone Generator
Pilot Tone Detector
Low Noise Amplifier
Remote DC Feed T-junction
DC/DC Converter
Overvoltage Protector
Control Board.
BandPassFilter
Coupler
PilotTone
Detector
Low Noise
Amplifier
Remote DC Feed T−Junction
Overvoltage Protector
DC/DC Converter
Control Board
Tone Detect
Pilot Tone Control
DC Loop
Signalling to RMCD (Alarms)
Power Supply+8 V +4 V
RMCG/ RMCDReceive
Antenna
PilotTone
Generator
Figure 40: Tower Mounted Amplifier Block Diagram
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 161 / 288
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
13.2.2 Band Pass Filter
The Band Pass Filter rejects all frequencies outside the GSM 900 or GSM 1800receive bands. In order to monitor the antenna cable, this block also connectsa DC loop current from the Control Board to the antenna and passes thereturned DC signal back. Depending on antenna type, the loss of the returnsignal can suggest a fault.
13.2.3 Coupler
The coupler provides a passive mechanism for adding and monitoring the pilottone on the RF signal path.
13.2.4 Pilot Tone Generator
A pilot tone is injected into the RF signal at the first coupler. This test signalis used for fault monitoring of the Tower Mounted Amplifier and cable by theReceiver Multicoupler, and signal level measurement during installation.
13.2.5 Pilot Tone Detector
The Tower Mounted Amplifier directly monitors the pilot tone and raises analarm in its absence. This allows a pilot tone generator fault to be distinguishedfrom other Tower Mounted Amplifier, cable or Receiver Multicoupler failures.
13.2.6 Low Noise Amplifier
The LNA provides pre-cable RF amplification. Fault tolerance is realized in thegain section using two balanced amplifiers each operating with opposing phaseshifts. Their outputs are summed. Therefore, the failure of a single amplifierdoes not result in total failure, just a gain degradation of about 6 dB and anincrease in noise of 3 dB. The TMAG includes a switchable attenuator toremove the effect of the gain reduction.
13.2.7 Remote DC Feed T-Junction
The Tower Mounted Amplifier is powered by a DC feed on the RF cablefrom the Receiver Multicoupler. Power is extracted using a T-junction withan RF-decoupled DC port.
13.2.8 DC/DC Converter
Using power extracted by the Remote DC Feed T-Junction, the DC/DCConverter provides power at the voltages required by the Tower MountedAmplifier circuits.
13.2.9 Overvoltage Protector
Protection circuitry secures the Tower Mounted Amplifier against lightningdamage.
162 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
13.2.10 Control Board
The control board monitors the unit’s status and can raise warnings in the eventof pilot tone failure, or DC loop failure.
The Tower Mounted Amplifier signals alarms to the Receiver Multicouplerby adjusting the DC current it draws from the RF cable. Four distinct levelsare used to indicate:
Alarms
Normal operation - no alarms
Pilot tone failure
No DC loop
Both pilot tone and DC loop failure.
The current drawn by the Tower Mounted Amplifier for amplification, etc., isnegligible compared to the difference in current drawn between each alarmstate.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 163 / 288
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
13.3 RMCD/RMCG FunctionsThe Receiver Multicoupler provides the following functions for the antennapre-amplifier:
Variable gain amplification of RF signal
Pilot tone monitoring and fault reporting
Signal splitting
Power supply to Tower Mounted Amplifier.
The Receiver Multicoupler contains the following functional blocks:
Overvoltage/Lightning Protector
Remote DC Feed
Continuously Variable Attenuator
Pilot Tone Detector 1
Test loop
Amplification stages
Pilot Tone Detector 2
One-to-Eight Power Splitter
Couplers
Band Pass Filters
Control Board.
164 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
Overvoltage/LightningProtection
RemoteDC
Feed
ContinuouslyVariable
Attenuator Coupler
Control Board
1 −> 8 Power Splitter
Band Pass Filter
Pilot Tone Detector 1
Coupler
Band Pass Filter
Balanced LNA
2nd Stage
AmplifierCoupler
Band Pass Filter
Pilot Tone Detector 2
TMAD/TMAG
+12 V
+5 V
Pilot Tone Detect
DC Feed/Alarms
Radio Test Equipment
Receivers
Station Unit
Alarm Test In
Alarms
Pilot Tone Detect
Figure 41: Receiver Multicoupler Block Diagram
13.3.1 Overvoltage/Lightning Protector
An Overvoltage/Lightning Protector provides protection against high voltages,such as those caused by lightning strikes. This protects the ReceiverMulticoupler against damage from high voltage impulses in the RF cable.
13.3.2 Remote DC Feed
The Receiver Multicoupler uses an inductor to feed DC power to the TowerMounted Amplifier via the RF cable.
13.3.3 Continuously Variable Attenuator
A variable attenuator can be adjusted from the front panel to modify the overallgain. During installation the pilot tone is used as a reference signal and theoutput amplitude is adjusted to give a specified overall gain independentof cable attenuation.
13.3.4 Pilot Tone Detector 1
The Receiver Multicoupler measures the amplitude of the incoming pilot tone.If no pilot tone is detected, an alarm is raised to indicate total failure of theTower Mounted Amplifier or cable. If the pilot tone has an amplitude half of thatexpected, an alarm is raised to indicate a partial failure of the Tower MountedAmplifier (i.e., one of the two balanced pairs).
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 165 / 288
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
13.3.5 Test Loop
Radio Test Equipment can be connected to the Receiver Multicoupler via a TestLoop Input on the front panel. The signal applied is coupled to the RF channelvia a filter. This suppresses the pilot tone on the test port.
13.3.6 Amplification Stages
Similar to the Tower Mounted Amplifier, the Receiver Multicoupler provides faulttolerance in the gain section using two balanced amplifiers. A final gain stageprovides the outgoing RF signal which is distributed to the receivers.
13.3.7 Pilot Tone Detector 2
The Receiver Multicoupler again measures the amplitude of the pilot tone.Depending on the condition of other alarms, this can indicate partial or totalfailure of the amplification stages.
13.3.8 One-to-Eight Power Splitter
The amplified received RF signal is now split into eight outputs, each of whichcan be connected to the RF input of a receiver.
13.3.9 Couplers
The Couplers provide a passive mechanism for adding and monitoring signalson the RF signal path.
13.3.10 Band Pass Filters
The Band Pass Filters are used to select only particular frequencies from(or for) the RF signal path.
13.3.11 Control Board
The Control Board performs Receiver Multicoupler/Tower Mounted Amplifieralarm filtering and pilot tone monitoring.
Circuitry on the Control Board ensures secondary false alarms are notgenerated as a consequence of a single failure.
The following table lists the three collective alarms generated by the ControlBoard.
Alarm Description
T.DEF Tower Mounted Amplifier faulty but still operative
R.DEF Receiver Multicoupler faulty but still operative
S.DEF Total system failure
Table 52: Antenna Pre-amplifier Alarms
Note: A DIP switch on the side of the Receiver Multicoupler can be set. Thissuppresses false alarms when an antenna is used that has no DC return path.
166 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
13.4 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the Antenna Pre-Amplifier.
The following information is provided:
LEDs
Power Supply
Performance Characteristics
Special Environmental Conditions.
13.4.1 LEDs
The following table lists the status LEDs located on the RMCD/RMCG frontpanel.
LED Description
DC Power at Receiver Multicoupler.
R.DEF Receiver Multicoupler LNA total failure.
R.DEG Receiver Multicoupler LNA one stage failure.
T.DEF Tower Mounted Amplifier LNA total failure.
T.DEG Tower Mounted Amplifier LNA one stage failure.
PIL Pilot Tone Generator failure.
CTB Power on Control Board.
LOOP No DC loop at antenna (status indication only).
Table 53: RMCD/RMCG Alarm and Status LEDs
LOOP LEDIf an antenna without a DC return path is used, the LOOP LED is permanentlyilluminated.If the antenna has a DC return path, the LED is normally extinguished. In thiscase, the illumination of the LOOP LED indicates a fault at the antenna orthe cable.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 167 / 288
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
13.4.2 Power Supply
The Tower Mounted Amplifier derives its DC power supply from the ReceiverMulticoupler’s +12 VDC supply, via the feed from the RF cable. The unit hashigh immunity against interference in the power supply.
The Receiver Multicoupler is powered via its rear connector:
+12 VDC +/- 3 % (0.6 Amax)
+5 VDC +/- 3 % (0.1 Amax).
13.4.3 Performance Characteristics
The Receiver Multicoupler/Tower Mounted Amplifier performancecharacteristics are shown in the following table.
Parameter GSM 900 GSM 1800
Operating frequency range (MHz): 880 - 915 1710 - 1785
(+50 o C): 5.0 dB max 5.5 dB maxNoise figure
(+70 o C): 5.5 dB max 6.0 dB max
TMAD/TMAG gain (-33 o C/+70 o
C):12.5 dB +/- 2 dB 12.5 dB +/- 2 dB
RMCG/RMCD gain (-10 o C/+70 o
C):12.5 dB +/- 2 dB 12.5 dB +/- 2 dB
> 50 dB (0.1-816 MHz) > 80 dB (0.1-1400 MHz)
> 20 dB (816-870 MHz) > 50 dB (1.400-1.686 GHz)
> 46 dB (925-3000 MHz) > 60 dB (1.805-3.0 GHz)
Attenuation relative to passband:
> 30 dB (3-12.75 GHz) > 30 dB (3.0-12.75 GHz)
Isolation between output and input: > 30 dB > 30 dB
Test loop coupler coupling betweenTEST connector and output port:
29.0 dB +/- 2 dB (FEG8) 29 dB +/- 2 dB
Test loop coupler isolation betweenTEST connector and input port:
> 42 dB > 70 dB
Pilot signal frequency: 700 - 800 MHz +/- 10 MHz 1850 - 1870 MHz
input: -57 dBm max 0.1 MHz -12.75 GHz
-57 dBm max 0.1 MHz - 12.75GHz
output: -15 dBm max -15 dBm max
Pilot signal/ spuriousat
probe input: -30 dBm max -30 dBm max
168 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
Parameter GSM 900 GSM 1800
Continuously variable attenuator: 6 dB min (continuous) 6 dB min (continuous)
Gain failure attenuator: 6 dB min +/- 0.5 dB in onestep
N/A
Table 54: Receiver Multicoupler/Tower Mounted Amplifier Performance Characteristics
13.4.4 Special Environmental Conditions
The Tower Mounted Amplifier is designed with a high level of protection from allthe adverse environmental conditions it may experience.
It has an extended operating temperature range:
Minimum temperature: -33 o C
Maximum temperature: +70 o C.
EMC protection is afforded by the metal casing and the use of shielded cables.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 169 / 288
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
13.5 TMAD/TMAG Physical DescriptionThe Tower Mounted Amplifier electronics are mounted in a weatherproofdie-cast aluminium housing. This is constructed as an open container with alid. The two parts are clamped together and sealed by a gasket. Air holes inthe box prevent condensation from accumulating. This section describes thephysical details of the Tower Mounted Amplifier.
It provides the following information:
Dimensions and Weight
Front and Side Views
RF Connectors.
13.5.1 Dimensions and Weight
13.5.1.1 DimensionsThe physical dimensions of the Tower Mounted Amplifier are shown in thefollowing table.
Dimension Size
Height: 259 mm
Width: 153 mm
Depth: 129 mm
Table 55: Tower Mounted Amplifier Physical Dimensions
13.5.1.2 WeightThe Tower Mounted Amplifier weighs approximately 5 kg.
170 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
13.5.2 Front and Side Views
The following figure shows the front and side views of the Tower MountedAmplifier.
Air Holes
Input (Antenna) Output (Long RF−Cable)
Circuitry
Equipment Labels
RF Connectors
Side View Front View (lid removed)
Ground Connector
Figure 42: Tower Mounted Amplifier Front and Side Views
13.5.3 RF Connectors
The RF connectors for attaching the antenna and output cables protrude fromthe bottom of the casing by 16 mm.
Both input and output RF connectors on the Tower Mounted Amplifier are 7/16female and sealed to the casing with conductive O-rings:
N female for RF input
SMA female for 1 to 8 splitter outputs
SMA female for test loop input.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 171 / 288
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
13.6 RMCD/RMCG Physical DescriptionThe Receiver Multicoupler is a plug-in unit for a 19" subrack. This sectiondescribes the physical details of the Receiver Multicoupler.
It provides the following information:
Dimensions
Front Panel
Rear View.
13.6.1 Dimensions
The following table shows the dimensions of the Receiver Multicoupler.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 3 U 133.35 mm
Width: 10 T 50.8 mm
Depth: - 280 mm
Table 56: Receiver Multicoupler Physical Dimensions
172 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
13.6.2 Front Panel
The front panel for the Receiver Multicoupler is shown below. It includesthe RF connectors, the alarm and status LEDs, equipment labels and theTest Loop connector.
Equipment Labels
RF Input (from Tower Mounted Amplifier)
Alarm and Status LEDs
Test Loop Input Connector
Fixing Hole
RF Output
Gain
Thumb Tap
TEST
ANT
84
73
62
1 5
DC LOOP
R.DEG
T.DEG
PIL
R.DEF
T.DEF
GAIN
CTB
Adjustment
RF Output
RF Output
RF Output
Fixing Hole
Connectors 1/5
Connectors 2/6
Connectors 3/7
Connectors 4/8
Figure 43: Receiver Multicoupler Front Panel
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 173 / 288
13 TMAD/RMCD/TMAG/RMCG
13.6.3 Rear View
The following figure shows the rear view of the Receiver Multicoupler. Itincludes its backplane connector.
C B A 1
32
Fixing Hole
Fixing Hole
Figure 44: Receiver Multicoupler Rear View
174 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
This chapter provides a detailed description of the RTC.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 175 / 288
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.1 IntroductionThe RTC (Remotely Tunable Combiner) combines RF signals from up toeight transmitters to a common output for transmission via a single antenna.In addition it provides isolation of incoming RF signals, monitors forward andreflected RF output power (for antenna/cable fault checking), and producesstatus information.
Combination is achieved using single-pole cavity filters, the outputs of whichare coupled together. Each cavity filter is attached to one transmitter and tunedto its particular channel frequency.
RTCs are available from two different manufacturers:
Forem
Celwave.
14.1.1 GSM 900
The following RTC components are available:
The Celwave RTC variants are:
CRBG
CREG.
The Forem RTC variants are:
FRBG
FREG.
The FRBG or CRBG alone allow the combination of up to four channels.Expansion to eight is achieved with the subsequent addition of a FREG orCREG respectively. It is not possible to mix Forem and Celwave components.
14.1.2 GSM 1800
The following RC4D and RC8D components are available:
Celwave
Forem.
The RC4D allows the combination of up to four channels. RC8D replaces theRC4D to combine up to eight carriers.
14.1.3 Logical Position
The following Figure shows the logical positionning of theRTC.
176 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
Transmitter 1
Transmitter 2
Transmitter n
Remotely Tunable Combiner
Radio Test Equipment
Transmit Antenna
RF
RF
RF
RFRF
n max = 8
Figure 45: RTC Logical Positioning
14.2 RTC Functional BlocksAll the RTC variants have the following functional blocks in common:
BCCH-Carrier Switch
Isolators
Cavity block and cable harness/coupling.
The Forem variants also have the following functional blocks:
Transmit Module
Antenna VSWR Alarm Unit
Microcontrollers
DC/DC Converter.
The Celwave variants also have the following functional blocks:
Transmit Filter
VSWR measurement
Motherboard/Control Board.
The RTC variants have slight differences in design. These are illustrated inthe following figures.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 177 / 288
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.2.1 Forem GSM 1800 RTC
The following figure shows a block diagram of the Forem GSM 1800 RTC.
Variable Band Pass Filter
RF Input 1
RF Input 2
BCCH−Carrier Switch
Isolator
Isolator
Variable Band Pass Filter
Transmit Module
Antenna VSWR Alarm Unit
Variable Band Pass Filter
Variable Band Pass Filter
RF Input 3
RF Input n
Isolator
Isolator
DC/DC Converter
Slave Microcontroller(s)* and Tuning Detectors**
Cavity Block & Cable Harness
Radio Test Equipment
Transmit Antenna
Master Microcontroller
Control
Power
Station Unit
DC in
RS−232
DCL2
n = 4 (RC4D) n = 8 (RC8D)
Station Unit
Station Unit
* The RC8D has two slave microcontrollers; one for cavities 1 − 4 and a second for cavities 5 − 8
**One Tuning Detector per two cavities
Figure 46: Forem RC4D/RC8D Block Diagram
178 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.2.2 Forem GSM RTC
The following figure shows a block diagram of the Forem GSM 900 RTC.
Variable Band Pass Filter
Cavity Block & Cable Harness
RF Input 1
RF Input 2
BCCH−Carrier Switch
Isolator
Isolator
Variable Band Pass Filter
Transmit Module
Antenna VSWR Alarm Unit
Variable Band Pass Filter
Variable Band Pass Filter
RF Input 3
RF Input 4
Isolator
Isolator
Variable Band Pass Filter
RF Input 5
RF Input 6
Isolator
Isolator
Variable Band Pass Filter
Variable Band Pass Filter
Variable Band Pass Filter
RF Input 7
RF Input 8
Isolator
Isolator
DC/DC Converter
Slave Microcontroller and Tuning Detector
Control
Cavity Block & Coupling
Radio Test Equipment
Transmit Antenna
Master Microcontroller
Slave Microcontroller and Tuning Detector
Control
Power
Station Unit
Power
RS−232
DCL2
FRBG
FREG
DC/DC Converter
Figure 47: FRBG/FREG Block Diagram
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 179 / 288
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.2.3 Celwave GSM RTC
The following figure shows a block diagram of the Celwave GSM 900 RTC.
Variable Band Pass Filter
Cavity Blocks & Coupling
RF Input 1
RF Input 2
BCCH−Carrier Switch
Isolator
Isolator
Variable Band Pass Filter
Transmit Filter
Variable Band Pass Filter
Variable Band Pass Filter
RF Input 3
RF Input 4
Isolator
Isolator
Variable Band Pass Filter
RF Input 5
RF Input 6
Isolator
Isolator
Variable Band Pass Filter
Variable Band Pass Filter
RF Input 7
RF Input 8
Isolator
Isolator
Cavity Blocks & Coupling
Radio Test Equipment
Transmit Antenna
Motherboard
Tuning Detector
Control
Station Unit
Power
RS−232
DCL2
CRBG
CREG
Tuning Detector
Coupling RF Outputs
VSWR Measurement
VSWR Microcontroller, Communication and Tuning Microcontroller, DC/DC Converter Circuitry
Control Board
Variable Band Pass Filter
Figure 48: CRBG/CREG Block Diagram
180 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.2.4 Celwave GSM 1800 RTC
The following figure shows a block diagram of the Celwave GSM 1800 RTC.
Variable Band Pass Filter
RF Input 1
RF Input 2
BCCH−Carrier Switch
Isolator
Isolator
Variable Band Pass Filter
Transmit Filter
Variable Band Pass Filter
Variable Band Pass Filter
RF Input 3
RF Input n
Isolator
Isolator
Cavity Blocks & Coupling
Radio Test Equipment
Transmit Antenna
Motherboard
Control
Station Unit
DC in
RS−232
DCL2
Tuning Detector(s)*
VSWR Measurement
VSWR Alarm Microcontroller, Communication and Tuning Microcontroller, DC/DC Converter Circuitry
Control Board
*The RC8D has two Tuning Detec tors; one for cavities 1 − 4 and a second for cavities 5 − 8
n = 4 (RC4D) n = 8 (RC8D)
Figure 49: Celwave RC4D/RC8D Block Diagram
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 181 / 288
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.2.5 BCCH-Carrier Switch
A BCCH-Carrier must be maintained in each cell. The RTC provides carrierbackup using a built-in BCCH-Carrier Switch. This allows a second transmitterto take over the functionality, transmit frequency and RTC cavity of theBCCH-Carrier transmitter if it fails.
Software Compatibility To retain software compatibility with earlier equipment(depending on the software/hardware variants in use), the BCCH-CarrierSwitch is used, rather than changing the frequency of the redundant cavity.
14.2.6 Isolators
Isolators reduce signal intermodulation products between transmitters.
Each Isolator is connected to a power load. This absorbs reflected power forup to one minute if an excessive VSWR condition occurs at the output of theRTC. Even if a short-circuit occurs at the output, damage to the components isavoided - a VSWR alarm shuts-down the transmitters within one minute.
14.2.7 Cavity Block and Cable Harness/Coupling
Each cavity consists of one Band Pass Filter with a stepper motor to adjustthe center frequency.
The dielectric resonator (Forem) or waveguide (Celwave) type single-polecavities enable the connection of many transmitters to one common line. Tuningdetectors allow fine tuning of the cavities to the required channel frequencies.These are used both initially to set the cavity, and subsequently for periodicretuning to compensate for drift.
The Cable Harness/Coupling is a network of coaxial lines. These areelectrically dimensioned to allow the connection of the RF outputs of thecavities to one common point. The harness is kept short to keep losses low.
182 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.3 Forem RTCThe Forem RTC module consists of the following functional blocks:
Transmit Module
Antenna VSWR Alarm Unit
Microcontrollers and Tuning Detectors
DC/DC Converter.
14.3.1 Transmit Module
The Transmit Module consists of the following parts:
Transmit Filter
Antenna Directional Coupler.
14.3.1.1 Transmit FilterThe Transmit Filter suppresses spurious noise outside the transmit band andreduces transmitted intermodulation in the receive band.
14.3.1.2 Antenna Directional CouplerThe Antenna Directional Coupler samples forward and reflected power at theoutput connector. It does this to measure the return loss of the antenna. Itis also couples some RF power to the RTE to enable BTS baseband andradio path tests.
14.3.2 Antenna VSWR Alarm Unit
The Antenna VSWR Alarm Unit continuously monitors and compares theforward and reflected power at the antenna connection. It uses a detector atthe antenna directional-coupler for this function.
Power is supplied directly by the Station Unit. Therefore, the Antenna VSWRAlarm Unit is independent of the DC/DC Converter.
The following alarms can be generated if the VSWR exceeds pre-set limits:
VSWR0
VSWR1
14.3.2.1 VSWR0VSWR0 is generated in the event of a deterioration in the performance of theantenna or cable. The reflected power threshold can be configured via aselector on the front panel. This allows various types of antenna and cableto be installed.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 183 / 288
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.3.2.2 VSWR1VSWR1 is generated when the VSWR is very high.
This indicates a serious deterioration in cable or antenna performance,meaning:
Antenna or cable is broken
RTC may sustain damage due to high output mismatch
Damage to the RTC is possible due to high reflected power.
In the event of this alarm, the RF-transmit power must be removed withinone minute to avoid RTC damage.
14.3.3 Microcontrollers
Two embedded microcontrollers provide the following facilities:
Master Microcontroller
Slave Microcontroller(s) and Tuning Detector(s).
14.3.3.1 Master MicrocontrollerThe Master Microcontroller handles the two communication channels providedfor control and status information reporting:
DCL2 for remote communication with the Station Unit
RS-232 for local communication with the operator.
It is not possible to use both these interfaces at the same time. A switch on thefront panel is used to select between them.
The Master Microcontroller also supervises the Slave Microcontroller.
14.3.3.2 Slave Microcontroller and Tuning DetectorsThe Slave Microcontroller and Tuning Detectors control the cavity tuningstepper motors. Control is based on the requirements provided by the operatorand status information from the tuning detector(s).
An EEPROM is used to hold all status information and ensure that no data islost in the event of a power supply failure.
14.3.4 DC/DC Converter
The DC/DC Converter is used to supply power to all components inside theRTC (except the VSWR Alarm Unit).
Failure of the DC/DC Converter does not result in the failure of the RTC; onlycommunication and retuning are lost.
184 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.4 Celwave RTCThe Celwave RTC module consists of the following functional blocks:
Transmit Filter
VSWR Measurement
Motherboard/Control Board.
14.4.1 Transmit Filter
The Celwave Transmit Filter performs the same task as the Transmit Filter ofthe Forem Transmit Module.
14.4.2 VSWR Measurement
The Celwave VSWR Measurement block performs the same task as theAntenna Directional Coupler of the Forem Transmit Module.
14.4.3 Motherboard/Control Board
The Motherboard is used to interconnect the Control Board and the variousRTC components.
The Celwave Control Board contains all the electronics required to providethe same control functions already described for the Forem RTCs. Thisincludes DC/DC Converter circuitry, alarm circuitry, tuning motor drivers andcommunication interfaces.
The Control Board contains two microcontrollers:
Communication and Tuning Microcontroller
VSWR Microcontroller.
14.4.3.1 Communication and Tuning MicrocontrollerThe Communication and Tuning Microcontroller handles communication andcavity tuning as performed by the Forem RTC microcontrollers.
14.4.3.2 VSWR MicrocontrollerThe VSWR Microcontroller is used to monitor the VSWR at the RTC output.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 185 / 288
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.5 GSM RTC Extension/ModularityThe GSM extension RTCs (FREG and CREG) extend the basic RTCs (FRBGand CRBG) from four to eight cavities. (The Forem and Celwave componentscannot be mixed).
Connection between the basic and extension RTC is achieved using cablessupplied with the extension RTC.
No new software or electronics is required. The new cavities, however,must be initially parked; already installed cavities (in the basic RTC) canremain in position.
14.6 Adjustments and ConfigurationThe following configuration and operational adjustments can be made:
Initial cavity tuning
Operational periodic tuning.
14.6.1 Initial Cavity Tuning
Initial cavity tuning is performed in two stages:
Coarse tuningAfter initial power up, cavities are coarse tuned to center frequencies definedduring initialization at the factory. During coarse tuning, RF power must notbe applied from the transmitters.
Fine tuning.After coarse tuning, RF power can be applied and fine tuning automaticallybegins. The microcontroller uses feedback information from the TuningDetector.
14.6.2 Operational Periodic Tuning
Operational periodic tuning is performed once the RTC is initialized andoperating. This ensures continued accuracy.
186 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.7 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the RTCs.
The following information is provided:
LEDs
Power Supply
Grounding
Performance Characteristics.
14.7.1 LEDs
The following table describes the LEDs on the RTC front panels.
LED Description
Power ON Lit when power is present.
VSWR0 Lit if VSWR exceeds threshold setting on the front panel.
VSWR1 Lit if VSWR is very high.
Table 57: RTC LED Descriptions
14.7.2 Power Supply
The RTC requires an input voltage of -48/-60 VDC (nominal), 1.5 A maximum.
14.7.3 Grounding
Thorough grounding is ensured through the use of a connection between thesubmodule(s) and the cabinet. In addition, all surfaces connected together arecoated with a conductive lacquer.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 187 / 288
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.7.4 Performance Characteristics
The performance characteristics of the RTCs are shown in the following table.
Parameter GSM 900 GSM 1800
4 - basic RTC only 4 - RC4DNumber of cavities:
8 - basic and extension RTC 8 - RC8D
Number of channels: 174 374
Channel numbers: 0 - 124 and 975 - 1023 512 - 885
Tunable frequency range: 925 - 960 MHz 1805 - 1880 MHz
Cavity bandwidth for each channel (0.5 dB): >160 kHz >170 kHz
Parking position: > 962 MHz > 1882 MHz
Minimum cavity spacing: 600 kHz 600 kHz
Maximum power at each transmitter input: 60 W 40 W max
4 Cavities: 3.6 dB max 2.5 dB to 5.0 dBInsertion loss
8 Cavities: 4.4 dB max 2.5 dB to 5.5 dB
Group delay: < 150 ns < 150 ns
Input return loss: > 20 dB > 18 dB
Output return loss: > 8 dB > 8 dB
Input Isolation between transmitter inputs: > 43 dB > 38 dB
Intermodulation products in band 100 kHz -12.75 GHz (receive band excluded) exitedin RTC, transmitters at max. power:
< 75 dBc > 75 dBc
Intermodulation products in receive band: < 100 dBm < 100 dBm
RF input impedance: 50 Ohm 50 Ohm
RF output impedance: 50 Ohm 50 Ohm
Output return loss of RTE test loop: > 14 dB > 14 dB
Coupling factor between Transmit Moduleinput and RTE output:
37.5 +/- 1 dB 37.5 +/- 1 dB
Table 58: RTC Performance Characteristics
188 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.8 Physical DescriptionThe RTC submodules are open-box assemblies designed for rack mounting.Individual components are interconnected by screened cables inside the box.This section describes the physical details of the RTC.
It provides the following information:
Dimensions
Front Panels
Rear Views
Front Panel Connectors.
14.8.1 Dimensions
The physical dimensions of the RTC submodules are shown in the followingtable.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 4 U 177.8 mm
Width: 19" 482.6 mm
Celwave GSM 900: - 340 mm
Forem GSM 900: - 345 mm
Depth:
GSM 1800: - 345 mm
Table 59: RTC Physical Dimensions
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 189 / 288
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.8.1.1 FRBG Front PanelThe following figure shows the front panel of the FRBG. It includes RF and localcontrol connectors, control switches and indication LEDs.
TX2 TX4
TX1 TX3
Transmitter RF Inputs
RTE
ANT OUT
RS−232 Connector
Alarm LEDs and VSWR Level Selector
Local
OFF
01
Power Switch
High Voltage Warning Label
Test Loop Output
VSWR
Antenna RF Output
Q1
Equipment Labels
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
RS−232/ DCL2 Selector
1.5
1.7 1.9
RF Extension Connection (behind front blanking plate)
DC/DC Converter with Heat sink and Power ON LED
Blanking Plate
Figure 50: FRBG Front Panel
14.8.1.2 FRBG Rear ViewThe following figure shows the rear view of the FRBG including internalextension, Station Unit, DCL2 and power connectors.
Interface to Station Unit
Interconnection FRBG to FREG
Ground Tag
TO EXTENSION
Q1 IN LINE1
LINE2
Power Supply Connectors LINE1, LINE2
TO SCFE
Q1 OUT
DCL2 Connections Q1 IN Q1 OUT
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
Figure 51: FRBG Rear View
190 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.8.1.3 FREG Front PanelThe figure below shows the FREG front panel. It includes the DC/DC converter,the RF extension connection, and the transmitter RF inputs.
TX7 TX8
TX5 TX6
Equipment Labels
Fixing Holes
Transmitter RF Inputs
Fixing Holes
RF Extension Connection (behind front blanking plate)
Blanking Plates
DC/DC Converter with Heat sink and Power ON LED
Figure 52: FREG Front Panel
14.8.1.4 FREG Rear ViewThe rear view of the FREG is shown below, including FRBG to FREGinterconnection.
EXTENSION
Interconnection FRBG to FREG
Ground Tag
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
Figure 53: FREG Rear View
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 191 / 288
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.8.1.5 Forem RC4D Front PanelThe front of the Forem RC4D is shown in the following figure. It includes RFand local control connectors, control switches and indication LEDs.
Local
01
VSWRQ1
1.5 1.7 1.9
RTE
ANT OUT
OFFON
TX4 TX2
TX3 TX1
Transmitter RF Inputs
Alarm LEDs and VSWR Level Selector
Power Switch
High Voltage Warning Label
Test Loop Output
Antenna RF Output
Equipment Labels
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
RS−232 Connector and RS−232/DCL2 Selector
DC/DC Converter with Heat sink and Power ON LED
Figure 54: Forem RC4D Front Panel
14.8.1.6 Forem RC8D Front PanelThe Forem RC8D front panel is shown in the following figure. It is similarto the RC4D panel.
Local
0
1
VSWRQ1
1.5 1.7 1.9
RTE
ANT OUT
OFFON
TX4 TX2
TX3 TX1
Transmitter RF Inputs
Alarm LEDs and VSWR Level Selector
Power Switch
High Voltage Warning Label
Test Loop Output
Antenna RF Output
Equipment Labels
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
RS−232 Connector and RS−232/DCL2 Selector
DC/DC Converter with Heat sink and Power ON LED
TX8 TX6
TX7 TX5
Figure 55: Forem RC8D Front Panel
192 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.8.1.7 Forem RC4D/RC8D Rear ViewThe rear view of the Forem RC4D/RC8D is shown in the following figure,including connectors and the interface to the Station Unit.
TO SCFE
Interface to Station Unit
Ground Tag
Q1 INLINE1
LINE2
Power Supply Connectors LINE1, LINE2
Q1 OUT
DCL2 Connections Q1 IN Q1 OUT
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
Figure 56: Forem RC4D/RC8D Rear View
14.8.1.8 CRBG Front PanelThe CRBG front panel is shown in the figure below. It shows the RF connectors,alarm and indicator LEDs, control switches and the warning and equipmentlabels.
TX2
TX4 TX1
TX3
Transmitter RF Inputs
RTE
ANT OUT
RS−232 Connector
Alarm LEDs and VSWR Level Selector
Power Switch and LED Indicator
High Voltage Warning Label
Test Loop Output
Antenna RF Output
Equipment Labels
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
RS−232/ DCL2 Selector
Coupling RF Output Connection (behind front blanking plate)
LOCAL
VSWR 0
VSWR 1
1.91.71.5
LOCAL
Q1POWER ON
OFF
ON
Transmitter RF Inputs
Control Board
Figure 57: CRBG Front Panel
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 193 / 288
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.8.1.9 CRBG Rear ViewThe following figure shows the rear view of the CRBG including internalextension, Station Unit, DCL2 and power connectors.
Q1 OUTQ1 IN
Interface to Station Unit
Interconnection CRBG to CREG (tuning control and power)
Ground Tag
LINE1LINE2
Power Supply Connectors LINE1, LINE2
SCFE
DCL2 Connections Q1 IN, Q1 OUT
DET 5 − 8
Interconnection CRBG to CREG (tuning detector connections)
EXT MOT + OPTO
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
Figure 58: CRBG Rear View
14.8.1.10 CREG Front PanelThe figure below shows the CREG front panel, including RF connectors andequipment labels.
TX8
TX7
Transmitter RF Inputs
Equipment Labels
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
Coupling RF Output Connection (behind front blanking plate)
TX5
TX6
Transmitter RF Inputs
Figure 59: CREG Front Panel
194 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.8.1.11 CREG Rear ViewThe following figure shows the rear view of the CREG, which has pre-equippedpower and data extension cables.
Ground Tag
Pre−equipped extension cabling
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
Figure 60: CREG Rear View
14.8.1.12 Celwave RC4D Front PanelThe Celwave RC4D front panel is shown in the figure below. It includes thepower switch, LED indicator, control switches and connectors, as well asequipment labels.
VSWR1
1.9
TX2 TX3TX4 TX1
Transmitter RF Inputs
TEST ANT
RS−232 Connector
Alarm LEDs and VSWR Level Selector
Power Switch and LED Indicator
High Voltage Warning Label
Test Loop Output
Antenna RF Output
Equipment Labels
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
RS−232/ DCL2 Selector
LOCAL
VSWR01.5LOCALQ1
POWER
OFFON
ON
1.7
Figure 61: Celwave RC4D Front Panel
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 195 / 288
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.8.1.13 Celwave RC8D Front PanelThe following figure shows the Celwave RC8D front panel. It is similar to theRC4D front panel, except that it has eight RF input connectors instead of four.
TX2 TX3TX4 TX1
TEST ANT
TX7 TX5TX8 TX6
Transmitter RF Inputs
RS−232 Connector
Alarm LEDs and VSWR Level Selector
Power Switch and LED Indicator
High Voltage Warning Label
Test Loop Output
Antenna RF Output
Equipment Labels
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
RS−232/ DCL2 Selector
VSWR1
1.9
LOCAL
VSWR01.5LOCALQ1
POWER
OFFON
ON
1.7
Figure 62: Celwave RC8D Front Panel
14.8.1.14 Celwave RC4D/RC8D Rear ViewThe following figure shows the rear view of the RC4D/RC8D RITS, includingthe connectors and interface to the Station Unit.
Q1 OUT Q1 IN SCFE
Interface to Station Unit
Ground Tag
PS2 PS1
Power Supply Connectors PS1, PS2
DCL2 Connections Q1 IN, Q1 OUT
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
Figure 63: Celwave RC4D/RC8D Rear View
196 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
14.8.2 Front Panel Connectors
The FRBG, CRBG, RC4D and RC8D have front panel connectors fortransmitter inputs, RTE probe output and antenna output. The FREG andCREG only have front panel connectors for the transmitter inputs.
The FRBG, CRBG, RC4D and RC8D also have a front panel RS-232 connector.The following table shows the pin assignments.
Pin Signal Pin Signal
1 NC 6 Shorted to 4
2 Receive 7 Shorted to 8
3 Transmit 8 Shorted to 7
4 Shorted to 6 9 NC
5 GND - -
Table 60: FRBG/CRBG/RC4D/RC8D RS-232 Front Panel Connector
NC = Not Connected
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 197 / 288
14 CRBG/CREG/FRBG/FREG/RC4D/RC8D
198 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
This chapter provides a detailed description of the WBC.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 199 / 288
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
15.1 IntroductionThe WBC (Wide Band Combiner) combines RF signals from up to twotransmitters to a common output for transmission via a single antenna. Inaddition, it isolates incoming RF signals and produces status information.
The WBC also monitors forward and reflected RF output power forantenna/cable fault checking. This type of combiner is more compact than anRTC and is suitable for use in low capacity BTSs.
15.1.1 WBC Types
There are three WBC types, the use of which depends on system type and thecapacity of the BTS:
WBC Types Variant
WB2D 3BK 01628 AAAA (Forem)
3BK 01628 AABA (Celwave)
WB1G 3BK 01625 AAAA (Forem)
3BK 01625 AABA (Celwave)
WB2G 3BK 01626 AAAA (Forem)
3BK 01626 AABA (Celwave)
For each WBC type there are two variants, from different manufacturers: onecarrier and two carrier. There is no functional difference between the WBCvariants from the two manufacturers, although internal construction detailcan differ.
A two-channel WBC can be used with only one carrier; however, thisconfiguration results in reduced transmission power at the antenna.
15.1.2 DUPG/DUPD
The DUPD (3BK 01633 AAAA (Forem)) and DUPG (3BK 01634 AAAA (Forem))provide all the functions of the two-channel WBCs, but also duplex transmit andreceive RF signals. This allows one antenna to be used for both transmissionand non-diversity reception.
200 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
15.1.3 DUD2
The DUD2 (3BK 07507 AAAA) (Forem) has two separate single-channeltransmitter paths. The RF transmission carriers, from the two antennas, arecombined in the air. This saves the 3.5 dB loss, normally incurred whenconventional wideband combiners are used.
The first transmitter path has a transmitter filter, the second has a duplexer.The duplexer provides a coupling function of the transmit and receive signals,allowing one antenna to be used for both directions. The transmitter filter onlyprovides a transmit path. Thus, the DUD2 can provide the option of high-poweroperation, by using a second antenna.
Note: References to the WBC include all variants of WBC and DUPD/DUPG unlessotherwise stated.
As shown in the following diagrams, the WBC and DUPD/DUPG differ slightlyin design.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 201 / 288
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
15.1.4 WBC
Transmitter Filter
Antenna Directional
Coupler
Antenna VSWR Alarm Unit
Simulator
Transmitter Module
Transmitter 1
Transmit Antenna
Radio Test Equipment Unit DCS
Station Unit
Transmitter 2
Summing Network
Isolatorwith Power
Load
Station Unit
Isolator with Power
Load
Figure 64: WBC Block Diagram
202 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
15.1.5 DUPD/DUPG
The DUPD/DUPG are similar to the WBC. However, its duplexer combines bothtransmit and receive paths onto one antenna connection.
Isolator
Antenna Directional
Coupler
Antenna VSWR Alarm
Unit
Transmit−Receive Module
Antenna
RTE
RFE
Duplexer
Transmitter 1
Transmitter 2
Summing Network
Isolator with Power
Load
Simulator Station Unit
Isolator with Power
Load
Figure 65: DUPD/DUPG Block Diagram
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 203 / 288
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
15.1.6 DUD2
The DUD2 differs from the other WBCs, in that it has two antenna connectionsfor separate transmitter paths.
Antenna 1
Transmitter 2
Transmitter 1
Isolator with Power
Load
Station Unit
Isolator with Power
Load
TX Module
BCCH Switch Simulator
DC/DC Converter Alarm Simulator
Antenna Directional
Coupler
Transmit−Receive Module
Duplexer
Directional Coupler
Transmitter Filter Antenna 2
Control Board
Antenna VSWR Detector
Antenna VSWR Alarm Unit
Isolator
Antenna VSWR Detector
Receiver Front−end
Figure 66: DUD2 Block Diagram
204 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
15.2 WBC Functional BlocksThe WBC functional blocks consist of the following internal components:
Isolator with power load
Summing network
Transmitter Module (WBC and DUD2)
Transmit-Receive Module (DUPD/DUPG/DUD2)
Simulator.
The WBC components are described in the following sections.
15.2.1 Isolator with Power Load
Isolators are used to improve isolation between transmitters, thereby reducingsignal intermodulation products. They also help to avoid interference from theantenna by preventing intermodulation of the corresponding transmitter signal.
The RF input signals from the transmitter(s) enter the Isolator(s) via frontpanel connectors.
The Isolator is connected to a power load, mounted on a heat sink. If anexcessive VSWR condition occurs at the output of the WBC it absorbs part ofthe reflected power. Thus, even if a short circuit occurs at the WBC output,there is no component damage. (See "Transmitter Module" which describes theAntenna VSWR Alarm Unit.)
The load can withstand the maximum reflected power for at least one minute(short at output). During this time the antenna VSWR1 alarm causes the BTSto switch off the RF power.
15.2.2 Summing Network
The broadband Summing Network combines the incoming signals from thetwo isolator output lines. The network operates over the whole downlinkband without needing to tune the used channels. The output is fed to theTransmitter Module.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 205 / 288
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
15.2.3 Transmitter Module (WBC and DUD2)
The WBC Transmitter Module consists of the following parts:
Transmitter Filter
Antenna Directional Coupler
Antenna VSWR Alarm Unit.
15.2.3.1 Transmitter FilterThe Transmitter Filter suppresses noise in the transmitter spectrum. It alsoreduces intermodulation caused by the transmitter in the uplink band (accordingto GSM rec. 11.20). Additional rejection of harmonics from the transmittersis achieved with this filter.
15.2.3.2 Antenna Directional CouplerThe Antenna Directional Coupler samples forward and reflected power at theantenna connector. It does this to measure the return loss of the antenna. Thecoupler is linked to the RTE connector for performing BTS baseband and radiopath tests. The RTE can be used to test a real traffic channel under frequencyhopping conditions, or a single BTS Transceiver.
15.2.3.3 Antenna VSWR Alarm UnitThe Antenna VSWR Alarm Unit continuously monitors forward and reflectedpower by means of two detectors connected to the antenna directional coupler.Forward and reflected power values are processed and compared.
Alarms are generated if the VSWR exceeds preset limits:
VSWR0 is raised when the VSWR exceeds a limit preselected via the
VSWR switch on the front panel. This condition causes the VSWR0 redLED indicator to light. An RF output signal is still present, with some signal
deterioration, and the antenna and cables must be inspected for damage
VSWR1 is raised when the VSWR exceeds a higher, pre-defined limit.Serious deterioration of transmission quality of the RF output signal causes
the VSWR1 red LED indicator to light. This indicates that the antenna or thecable is broken, and the WBC can be damaged by too much reflected power
being dissipated in the power load.
15.2.4 Transmit-Receive Module (DUPD/DUPG/DUD2)
The DUPD/DUPG/DUD2 Transceiver (TRX) Module contains all the functionsof the TX Module. However, the DUPD/DUPG/DUD2 have a duplexer whichallows the additional function of coupling received signals from the antenna tothe receiver input.
15.2.4.1 DuplexerThe DUD2 TRX Module contains a Duplexer unit, which allows the downlinkand uplink radio signals to be transmitted/received via the same antenna.
206 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
15.2.4.2 DUD2 Antenna ConnectionsThere are two antenna connections (ANT1 and ANT2) on the DUD2 and,therefore, there are two LED alarm indicators for each connector.
Note: The ANT1 antenna connection provides a bidirectional signal path; ANT2provides a transmit-only signal path.
15.2.5 Simulator
The simulator emulates RTC functions. RTCs contain a BCCH switch and aDC/DC converter alarm. For BTS equipment compatibility, the BCCH-CarrierSwitch and DC/DC Converter functions are simulated in WBC types.
15.2.5.1 BCCH-Switch SimulatorThe BCCH-Switch Simulator simulates the behavior of the RF switch in anRTC. It does this by means of electronic switching, sending the appropriateresponse message back to the Station Unit.
15.2.5.2 DC/DC Converter Alarm SimulatorThe DC/DC Converter Alarm Simulator ensures that DC/DC converter alarmsare not raised at the Station Unit. The DC/DC Converter is not present inthe WBC.
15.2.6 Control Board (DUD2)
The Control Board contains the DUD2 alarm and control functions. Thisincludes the Antenna VSWR Alarm Unit, BCCH-Switch Simulator and theDC/DC Converter Alarm Simulator.
Alarms The VSWR Alarm Unit monitors the reflected power on the TCH. Thealarm operates above the threshold selected on the DUD2 front panel. If themaximum permitted power level is exceeded, an alarm is raised. There is noalarm if the reflected power falls below the minimum level. A three-seconddelay is implemented, before the alarm is flagged to the Station Unit.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 207 / 288
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
15.3 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the WBCs.
The following information is provided:
LEDs
Power Supply
Performance Characteristics.
15.3.1 LEDs
All the modules have the same LED indicators. The following table describesthe LEDs on the units’ front panels.
LED Description
VSWR0 This LED is lit if the VSWR exceeds the specified threshold(set with the rotary switch on the front panel).
VSWR1 This LED is lit (in addition to VSWR0) if the VSWR exceedsa threshold of 2.5 (+/- 0.5).
Table 61: WBC LED Descriptions
208 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
15.3.2 Power Supply
The WBCs require no specific power supply; all supplies for signalling purposesare taken direct from the Station Unit.
15.3.3 Performance Characteristics
The performance characteristics of the WBC are shown in the following table.Forem and Celwave variants are identical.
Parameter GSM 900 GSM 1800
Transmit band: 925 - 960 MHz 1805 - 1880 MHz
Power for each transmitter channel input: 40 W maximum 40 W maximum
Number of channels: 174 374
Channel numbers: 0 - 124 and 975 - 1023 512 - 885
Bandwidth for each channel: 200 kHz 200 kHz
Insertion loss for each channel (A 0 ): [le ] 5.2 dB [le ] 5.2 dB
Group delay: [le ] 100 ns [le ] 100 ns
Input return loss: > 21 dB > 21 dB
Output return loss: > 15 dB > 15 dB
Isolation between WBC inputs: > 48 dB > 45 dB
Intermodulation products in band 100 kHz - 12.5GHz (receive band excluded) excited in WBC atmax. transmit power:
> 75 dBc > 75 dBc
Intermodulation products in receive band excitedin WBC measured with 2 x maximum power:
[le ] -105 dBm [le ] -105 dBm
Coupling attenuation of test loop: 37.5 +/- 1 dB 37.5 +/- 1 dB
RF input impedance: 50 Ohm 50 Ohm
RF output impedance: 50 Ohm 50 Ohm
Return loss at the test loop output: [le ] 14 dB [le ] 14 dB
Table 62: WBC Performance Characteristics
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 209 / 288
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
15.4 Physical DescriptionThe WBCs are open box assemblies, designed for plug-in installation; they aresecured by screws. Individual components are interconnected by screenedcables inside the box. This section describes the physical details of the WBC.
It provides the following information:
Dimensions
Front Panels
Connectors
Rear Views.
15.4.1 Dimensions
The physical dimensions of the WBC submodules are shown in the followingtable.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
WBC/DUPD/DUD2: 1 U 43.6 mmHeight:
DUPG: 2 U 87.2 mm
Width: - 19" 482.6 mm
Depth: - - 347.5 mm
Table 63: WBC Physical Dimensions
15.4.2 Front Panels
15.4.2.1 Forem WBC Front PanelThe following figure shows the front panel of the Forem WBC, including RFconnectors, control switches and indication LEDs.
1,5 1,71,9
VSWR0
VSWR1RTE ANT TX1TX2
ANT VSWR
LEDs
Equipment Labels
VSWR Switch
TestConnector
Antenna Output
Connector
High Voltage Warning Label
Fixing Holes
Transmitter Input Connector(s)
Fixing Holes
Figure 67: Forem WBC Front Panel
210 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
15.4.2.2 Celwave WBC Front PanelThe figure below shows the Celwave WBC front panel. It is similar to theForem WBC front panel.
1,51,71,9
RTE ANT OUT TX1TX2
LEDs
Equipment Labels
VSWR Switch
Test Connector
High Voltage Warning Label
Fixing Holes
Transmitter Input Connector(s)
VSWR1
VSWR0
Antenna Output Connector
Fixing Holes
(TX2 Not Present on WBIG variant)
Figure 68: Celwave WBC Front Panel
15.4.2.3 DUPD Front PanelThe following figure shows the DUPD front panel. It is similar to the Foremand Celwave WBC front panels with RF connectors, control switches andindication LEDs.
ANT VSWR
RTE ANT OUT TX1TX2
LEDs
Equipment Labels
VSWR Switch
TestConnector
Antenna Output
Connector
High Voltage Warning Label
Fixing Holes
Transmitter Input Connector(s)
Fixing Holes
RX
Receiver Output
Connector
1,51,7
1,9
VSWR0
VSWR1
Figure 69: DUPD Front Panel
15.4.2.4 DUD2 Front PanelThe DUD2 front panel is shown in the figure below. It is similar to theForem/Celwave WBC and DUPD front panels.
VSWR1
ANT2
VSWR0
ANT1TX1 TX2VSWR
LEDs
Equipment Labels
VSWR Switch
Antenna 1Output
Connector
High Voltage Warning Label
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
RX1
ReceiverOutput
Connector
1,5 1,7 1,9VSWR1
ANTANT2
ANT1
VSWR0
Transmitter 1Input
Connector
Transmitter 2Input
Connector
Antenna 2 Output
Connector
LEDs
Figure 70: DUD2 Front Panel
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 211 / 288
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
15.4.2.5 DUPG Front PanelThe DUPG front panel is shown in the following figure. Like the other WBCfront panels, it includes indication LEDs, control switches, and connectors.
RTE ANT OUT TX1TX2
LEDs
Equipment Labels
VSWR Switch
TestConnector
Antenna Output
Connector
High Voltage Warning Label
Fixing Holes
Transmitter Input Connector(s)
FixingHoles
RX
Receiver Output
Connector
1,51,7
1,9
VSWR0
VSWR1
ANT VSWR
Figure 71: DUPG Front Panel
15.4.3 Front Panel Connectors
The WBCs have front panel RF connectors for transmitter inputs, an RTE(except DUD2) probe output and the antenna.
212 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
15.4.4 Rear Views
15.4.4.1 WBC/DUPD Rear ViewThe three figures below show the rear views of the WBC/DUPD, DUD2, andDUPG. They all contain a heat sink, ground(s) and a Station Unit connector.
123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890
Ground (Celwave)
Ground (Forem)
Heat sink
Station Unit Connector
Figure 72: WBC/DUPD Rear View
15.4.4.2 DUD2 Rear View
123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890
Ground
Heat sink
Station Unit Connector
Figure 73: DUD2 Rear View
15.4.4.3 DUPG Rear View
123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890
Ground (Celwave)
Ground (Forem)
Heat sink
Station Unit Connector
Figure 74: DUPG Rear View
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 213 / 288
15 WB3D/WB1G/WB2G/DUPD/DUD2/DUPG
214 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
16 ADPS
16 ADPS
This chapter provides a detailed description of the ADPS.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 215 / 288
16 ADPS
16.1 IntroductionThe ADPS (AC/DC Power Supply) is used in BTSs where only AlternatingCurrent is available. It is supplied with mains AC power which it converts to DCfor use by the BTS DC/DC power supply submodules.
The ADPS is capable of supplying power to other BTS units which requirea -48 VDC supply.
Under all load conditions, the ADPS can accept hot insertion of loads, and theapplication and removal of its input supply.
Variants There are two variants of ADPS:
3BK 01917 AAAA (Alcatel-Lucent Mobile Communication)
3BK 01917 ABBA (Alcatel-Lucent Converters).
Both variants are functionally equivalent; however, their internal design isdifferent.
Note: The Alcatel-Lucent Converters’ ADPS requires additional forced cooling.This is supplied by use of a CFUA.
216 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
16 ADPS
16.2 Alcatel-Lucent Mobile Communications’ ADPS FunctionsThe Alcatel-Lucent Mobile Communications’ ADPS contains the followingfunctional blocks:
Common Mode Choke
AC/DC Converter
Power factor and switch-on control
Battery inhibit control
Filter
DC/DC Converters
Capacitor-Choke-Capacitor Filter
Inhibit control
Output Voltage Monitor and alarm circuit.
CommonModeChoke
LED "AC IN"
AC/DC Converter
Filter
LED "ON"
Battery Inhibit Control
Inhibit Control
DC/DC Converter
(24 V)
Control Power Factor and
Switch ON
24 VDC
Capacitor− Choke− Capacitor
Filter
Output
Voltage Monitor and Alarm
GND
−48 VDC
ALMADPS
INHBBU
INHADPS
Front Panel Switch
230 VAC 50 Hz (fused)
DC/DC Converter
(24 V)
GND
−24 V
Supervisory Signals
ADPS Alarm
Inhibit Battery Backup Unit
Inhibit ADPS
INHBBU
INHADPS
ALMADPS
Figure 75: Alcatel-Lucent Mobile Communications’ ADPS Block Diagram
16.2.1 Common Mode Choke
The Common Mode Choke filters high frequency noise from the fused 230VAC mains supply.
The presence of the supply voltage is indicated by the input supply LED,marked "AC-IN".
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 217 / 288
16 ADPS
16.2.2 AC/DC Converter
The AC/DC Converter converts the input voltage from AC to 24 VDC. It alsogenerates supervisory signals to indicate that the input voltage and powerfactor are within the permitted limits.
16.2.3 Power Factor and Switch-on Control
The Power Factor and Switch-on Control block monitors the supervisory signals.
If the supply fails, the changeover process to the standby battery is initiated.Signals are sent to the Battery Inhibit Control and DC/DC Converters.
16.2.4 Battery Inhibit Control
The Battery Inhibit Control block generates the Inhibit Battery Backup Unit(INHBBU) signal. This is used to switch to backup power.
The LED "ON" indicates the operational status of the ADPS. When the ADPS isoperational, the LED marked "ON" is lit. If the supply fails, the LED "ON" isextinguished.
16.2.5 Filter
The Filter smooths the DC output from the AC/DC Converter. The filter alsoacts as an energy store. It can supply maximum power during a changeover tobackup power, after a supply failure.
16.2.6 DC/DC Converters
The two DC/DC Converters each produce a -24 VDC output. They areconnected in series to give a -48 VDC total output.
16.2.7 Capacitor-Choke-Capacitor Filter
The Capacitor-Choke-Capacitor Filter smooths the DC-voltage output from theDC/DC Converters.
16.2.8 Inhibit Control
The Inhibit Control switches the ADPS on and off.
The ADPS can be switched off remotely by the Inhibit ADPS signal. Theswitch-off signal initiates the changeover process to the standby battery. TheDC/DC Converters are then switched off.
The ADPS can be locally switched on or off through a front panel switch.
16.2.9 Output Voltage Monitor and Alarm Circuit
The Output Voltage Monitor and Alarm Circuit monitors the DC output voltagelevel from the DC/DC Converters. If an overvoltage or undervoltage conditionoccurs, the alarm, ADPS Alarm, is raised and sent to the Station Unit.
218 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
16 ADPS
16.3 Alcatel-Lucent Converters’ ADPS FunctionsThe Alcatel-Lucent Converters’ ADPS contains the following functional blocks:
Input Filter
Inrush Current Protector
AC/DC Converter
DC/DC Converter
Output Filter
Converter control
Overvoltage protection
Output voltage/current limitation
Output Voltage Monitor
Undervoltage for AC/DC Converter
Power Fail Monitor.
Front Panel Switch
InputFilter
AC/DC Converter
Output Filter
DC/DC Converter
−48 VDC
ALMADPS
230 VAC 50 Hz (fused)
Inrush Current Protector
OvervoltageProtection
Output Voltage/ Current
RegulationConverter
Control
Undervoltagefor AC/DCConverter
Power Fail
Monitor
LED "On"
LED "AC−IN"
INHBBU
INHADPS
Output Voltage Monitor
Figure 76: Alcatel-Lucent Converters’ ADPS Block Diagram
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 219 / 288
16 ADPS
16.3.1 Input Filter
The Input Filter removes noise from the fused 230 VAC mains supply.
The presence of the supply voltage is indicated by the input supply LED,marked "AC-IN".
16.3.2 Inrush Current Protector
The Inrush Current Protector limits power-on surge current. This preventssudden load changes on the input supply and protects the ADPS components.
16.3.3 AC/DC Converter
The AC/DC Converter converts the 230 AC input voltage to high level DC. Theoutput is fed to the DC/DC Converter and the supervisory functions.
16.3.4 DC/DC Converter
The DC/DC Converter produces a -48 VDC output from the high level AC/DCConverter output.
16.3.5 Output Filter
The Output Filter smooths the output from the DC/DC Converter. This poweroutput is fed to the BTS components. The Output Filter also acts as a short-termreservoir to supply power during changeover to a backup power-supply.
16.3.6 Converter Control
The Converter Control functions control the operational state of the DC/DCconverter, managing the orderly start-up of the converter at power-up.
The DC/DC converter is shut down if input power is not available or the AC/DCConverter output fails.
The ADPS can be switched off remotely by the INHADPS signal. The switch offsignal initiates the changeover process to the standby battery. The DC/DCConverters are then switched off.
The ADPS can be locally switched on or off through a front panel switch.
220 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
16 ADPS
16.3.7 Overvoltage Protection
The Overvoltage Protection block monitors the output from the ADPS. If theoutput exceeds the maximum, an alarm signal is sent to the Converter Controlfunctions.
16.3.8 Output Voltage/Current Limitation
The Output Voltage and Current Limitation functions are responsible formonitoring the output voltage and current levels. If the output voltage, orcurrent, exceeds the operational maximum, an alarm is sent to the ConverterControl functions.
16.3.9 Output Voltage Monitor
The Output Voltage Monitor monitors the output from the ADPS. During normaloperation, the LED "ON" is lit. If the output voltage falls outside the permittedoperational range, the ALMADPS alarm is raised and the LED is extinguished.
16.3.10 Undervoltage for AC/DC Converter
The Undervoltage for AC/DC Converter block monitors the output of the AC/DCConverter and the output signal from the Overvoltage Monitor. If the monitoredsignals fall outside their normal operational ranges, an alarm signal is sentto the Converter Control functions.
16.3.11 Power Fail Monitor
The Power Fail Monitor generates the INHBBU signal. This is used to switchbackup power if the AC/DC Converter output fails.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 221 / 288
16 ADPS
16.4 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the ADPS.
The following information is provided:
LEDs
Power Supply (input)
Output Characteristics.
16.4.1 LEDs
The following table describes each LED on the unit’s front panels.
LED Description
ON Lit when DC power is present on the output.
AC IN Lit when AC power is present on the input.
Table 64: ADPS LED Descriptions
16.4.2 Power Supply
The ADPS works with an AC input voltage of 230 VAC +/- 15 %. The frequencyof the input supply is 48 Hz - 62 Hz. This supply is fed into the ADPS modulevia a fuse and a common mode choke.
No damage is incurred if an input supply voltage from 0 V to 195 VAC and offrequency from 45 Hz to 65 Hz is applied to the ADPS.
In the event of non-periodic transients occurring, the ADPS functions normallyand without interruptions.
If the input voltage falls at any time below 40 % of the nominal value (92 VAC),the ADPS switches OFF. When the input voltage increases again (above ahigher level) the ADPS is automatically reactivated.
The ADPS is designed to limit harmonic distortion of the input current.
222 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
16 ADPS
16.4.3 Output Characteristics
The following table lists the basic output characteristics of the ADPS.
Characteristic Value
Voltage -48 VDC nominal (in range: -40.5 VDC to -57 VDC).
Current 12 A maximum.
Table 65: ADPS Basic Output Characteristics
The following table shows the dynamic response of the ADPS to steps inload current.
Voltage Range
Load Step From To Transition Period
+/- 2.4 A -45.6 VDC -50.4 VDC < 3 ms
+/- 2.4 A -47.76 VDC -48.24 VDC > 3 ms
+/- 4.8 A -40.5 VDC -57.0 VDC < 100 ms
+/- 4.8 A -47.76 VDC -48.24 VDC > 100 ms
Table 66: ADPS Dynamic Response
The ADPS is designed to withstand no-load or short-circuit conditions.
16.5 Physical DescriptionThe ADPS assembly comprises a multilayer board, fixed to the front panel. Amulti-way connector is mounted at the rear.
Indication LEDs, the input supply connector and the on-off switch are fitted tothe front panel. The switch is fitted in a recess to prevent accidental operation.
The fuse for the input supply is mounted in the ADPS assembly and is notaccessible while the ADPS is fitted in the subrack. This section describesthe physical details of the ADPS.
It provides the following information:
Dimensions
Front Panel
Rear View.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 223 / 288
16 ADPS
16.5.1 Dimensions
The physical dimensions of the ADPS are shown in the following table.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 6 U 266.7 mm
Width: 10 T 50.8 mm
Depth: - 280 mm
Table 67: ADPS Physical Dimensions
16.5.2 Front Panel
The following figure shows the ADPS front panel, including the On/Off switchand input supply connector.
ON
OFF
Output LED (GREEN)
Equipment Labels
Fixing Holes
Handle
Input LED (GREEN)
Power Switch
Fixing Holes
Input Supply Connector
Warning Label
ON
AC IN
Figure 77: ADPS Front Panel
224 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
16 ADPS
16.5.3 Rear View
The figure below shows a rear view of the ADPS and its rear connectors.
Rear Connector
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
Figure 78: ADPS Rear View
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 225 / 288
16 ADPS
226 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
17 MBPS/FCPS
17 MBPS/FCPS
This chapter provides a detailed description of the DC/DC power supplies.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 227 / 288
17 MBPS/FCPS
17.1 IntroductionThe MBPS and FCPS are similar units. They produce the different voltages,and current, required by all the submodules in a Mini-BTS Subrack. They arederived from a DC input supply of -48/-60 VDC (nominal). The FCPS producesthe different voltages and current required by one Frame Unit and one CarrierUnit. There are three autonomous parts in the MBPS, and two in the FCPS.
Each are completely independent parts, supplying power to one of the modules:
Station Unit (MBPS only)
Carrier Unit
Frame Unit.
The MBPS also supplies power to other boards fitted within the MBSR.
17.2 DC/DC Power Supplies FunctionsThe MBPS and FCPS contain the following functional blocks:
Input Filter and Monitor
Auxiliary and monitor circuits
DC/DC converters
Output supervision
Carrier Unit Alarm Controller (FCPS and MBPS only).
228 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
17 MBPS/FCPS
17.2.1 MBPS
A block diagram of the MBPS is shown below.
−48/−60 VDC
DC/DC Converter
Output Supervision
Auxiliary and Monitor Circuit
DC/DC Converter
Output Supervision
Output Supervision
Output Supervision
Output Supervision
+5 VFUALMFU
+26 VCU
+12 VCU
−12 VCU
+5 VCU
LED "FU"
LED "ON"
Fuse "FU" T4AInput
Filter and Monitor
Carrier Unit Alarm Controller
LED "CU"
Front Panel Switch "FU"
Front Panel Switch "CU"
Carrier Unit
Frame Unit
Auxiliary and Monitor Circuit
Fuse "CU" T10A
Station Unit
ALMCU
Station Unit
DC/DC Converter
Output Supervision
Output Supervision
Auxiliary and Monitor Circuit
Fuse "SU" T10A
LED "SU"
+5 VSU TC16+5 VSU
+12 VSUALMSU
Station Unit
Remote On/OffINHMSPS
Remote On/OffINHMSPS
Remote On/OffINHMSPS
Front Panel Switch "SU"
Figure 79: MBPS Block Diagram
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 229 / 288
17 MBPS/FCPS
17.2.2 FCPS
A block diagram of the FCPS is shown below.
+26 VCU
+12 VCU
−12 VCU
+5 VCU
+5 VFU
ALMFU
LED "FU"
LED "ON"
LED "CU"
Front Panel Switch "FU"
Front Panel Switch "CU"
Carrier Unit
Frame Unit
−48/−60 VDC
Station Unit
ALMCU
Station Unit
OutputSupervision
Fuse "FU" T4AInput
Filterand
Monitor
Carrier Unit
Alarm Controller
Fuse "CU" T10A
DC/DCConverter
Auxiliary andMonitorCircuit
DC/DC Converter
Output Supervision
Output Supervision
Output Supervision
Output Supervision
Auxiliary and MonitorCircuit
Remote On/OffINHMSPS
Remote On/OffINHMSPS
Figure 80: FCPS Block Diagram
230 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
17 MBPS/FCPS
17.2.3 Input Filter and Monitor
The Input Filter and Monitor functional block is the first stage of the powersupply circuitry. It is fed from a -48/-60 VDC (nominal) supply.
17.2.3.1 FusesThe inputs are protected by fuses, which are conveniently located on the powersupply units’ front panels.
The fuse values for the various units are as follows:
T4 A for the Frame Unit
T10 A for the Carrier Unit
T10 A for the Station Unit (MBPS only).
The presence of the supply voltage is indicated by the input supply LED,marked "ON".
17.2.3.2 FilterThe supply is filtered before being fed to each autonomous part of the powersupply units. Input polarity-reversal protection is provided.
17.2.4 Auxiliary and Monitor Circuits
The Auxiliary and Monitor Circuits continuously monitor the input voltage. If itfalls below the minimum level of -34.4 VDC, the DC/DC Converters are shutdown. If the voltage is subsequently restored above the level of -38.4 VDC, theDC/DC Converters are reactivated.
Front panel switches allow the supplies to be manually switched on and off.The outputs can also be controlled remotely, provided that the associatedpanel switch is in the "ON" position.
17.2.5 DC/DC Converters
The autonomous DC/DC Converters produce the DC voltages and currentrequired for the following units:
Frame Unit
Carrier Unit
Station Unit.
The power source is derived from a -48/-60 VDC supply.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 231 / 288
17 MBPS/FCPS
17.2.6 Output Supervision
Each output is monitored. The presence of the output is indicated by theLEDs marked "CU", "SU" and "FU".
17.2.6.1 Shutdown SequenceAll outputs are protected against overload condition, overvoltage conditionand accidental short circuit.
If one of these fault conditions occurs, the following sequence takes place:
The output is shut down
The associated LED is extinguished to indicate the fault
An alarm is raised.
The power supplies can remain in this state indefinitely without incurringany damage.
If the cause of the fault is removed, the supply can be reactivated, eithermanually or remotely, by switching the relevant supply off, then back on.
17.2.6.2 Temperature ProtectionThe Carrier Unit +26 VDC and Station Unit +5 VDC supplies are temperatureprotected. If the temperature of these parts rises above 90 o C, automaticshutdown takes place. After the temperature has fallen below 90 o C, thesubmodule can be reactivated by switching its input power supply off and thenon. At ambient temperatures of 25 o C, or less, the power supply satisfactorilysupplies a nominal load, without forced cooling, for at least 15 minutes.
17.2.6.3 AlarmsIf any power supply output fails, an alarm is raised. Each alarm condition istransmitted to the Station Unit via an optically isolated switch. For systemsecurity, the alarm switches are normally on. There are alarm switches to servethe Frame Unit, Carrier Unit and Station Unit supplies.
17.2.6.4 Output DecouplingThe outputs have a built-in decoupling circuit, which prevents damage to thepower supply under no-load or short-circuit conditions. If the voltage exceedsminimum or maximum values, sensors monitoring the backplane +5.1 V and+12 V pins raise an alarm and shut down the power supply.
232 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
17 MBPS/FCPS
17.3 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the DC/DC Power Supplies.
The following information is provided:
LEDs
Power Supply (input)
Replacement
FCPS Output Characteristics
MBPS Output Characteristics
Safety Standards
Grounding
Isolation.
17.3.1 LEDs
The following table describes the LEDs on the power supply units’ front panels.
Module LED Description
MBPS ON Lit when power is present.
FU Extinguished if Frame Unit is faulty.
SU Extinguished if Station Unit is faulty.
CU Extinguished if Carrier Unit is faulty.
FCPS ON Lit when power is present.
FU Extinguished if Frame Unit is faulty.
CU Extinguished if Carrier Unit is faulty.
Table 68: Power Supply LED Descriptions
17.3.2 Power Supply
The input voltage to the DC/DC power supply units is -48/-60 VDC. To ensurenormal operation, this must not fall below -38.4 VDC.
17.3.3 Replacement
All the DC/DC power supplies are capable of hot insertion, without causingdamage to the units.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 233 / 288
17 MBPS/FCPS
17.3.4 FCPS Output Characteristics
The following table shows the output voltages, tolerances and current bandssupplied by the FCPS.
NameNominal Voltage andTolerance
DynamicRegulation
Ripple Voltage (20MHz Bandwidth)
Current(max)
Current(min)
+26 VCU +26 VDC +/- 2 % +/- 0.65 V < 200 mVpp 7.0 A 0.6 A
+12 VCU -12 VDC +/- 2 % +/- 5 % < 40 mVpp 2.7 A 0.2 A
-12 VCU -12 VDC +/- 2 % +/- 5 % < 40 mVpp 0.8 A 0.04 A
+5 VCU +5.1 VDC +/- 2 % +/- 5 % < 50 mVpp 2.0 A 0.16 A
+5 VFU +5.1 VDC +/- 2 % +/- 5 % < 50 mVpp 13 A 1.1 A
Table 69: FCPS Output Characteristics
17.3.5 MBPS Output Characteristics
The following table shows the outputs supplied by the MBPS, in addition tothose provided by the FCPS listed in the table below.
NameNominal Voltage andTolerance
DynamicRegulation
Ripple Voltage (20MHz Bandwidth)
Current(max)
Current(min)
+12 VSU +12 VDC +/- 2 % +/- 5 % < 120 mVpp 5 A 0 A
+5 VSU +5.1 VDC +/- 2 % +/- 5 % < 50 mVpp 22 A 0 A
+5 TC16 +5.1 VDC +/- 3 % +/- 5 % < 50 mVpp 6 A 0 A
Table 70: Additional MBPS Output Characteristics
234 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
17 MBPS/FCPS
17.3.6 Safety Standards
The power supply units comply with the following applicable standards:
EN 60950
EN 60215
Power supply primary and secondary circuits conform to the following:
Primary circuitsThe inputs of the power supply units are Telecom Network Voltage (TNV)circuits according to EN 60950.
Secondary circuits.The outputs of the power supply units satisfy the requirements for SafetyExtra Low Voltage circuits according to EN 60950.
17.3.7 Grounding
All conductive parts are connected to ground (0 V). The 0 V line is permanentlyearthed with a Permanent Earth conductor.
17.3.8 Isolation
The isolation resistance, between the inputs and ground/outputs, is > 100MOhm.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 235 / 288
17 MBPS/FCPS
17.4 Physical DescriptionThe power supply assemblies comprise a multilayer board fixed to a frontpanel. A large aluminium heat sink is mounted at the center of the boardto conduct heat away from high-power circuit components. Two DIN typeconnectors are mounted at the rear.
The LEDs, fuses and switches are located on the front panel. The fuses arefitted in a recess. The fuse type and current rating is indicated on the frontpanel of each unit. This section describes the physical details of the MBPSand FCPS units.
It provides the following information:
Dimensions
MBPS Front Panel
MBPS Rear View
FCPS Front Panel
FCPS Rear View.
17.4.1 Dimensions
The physical dimensions of the MBPS and FCPS are shown in the followingtable.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 6 U 266.7 mm
Width: MBPS: 15 T 76.20 mm
FCPS: 9 T 45.72 mm
Depth: - 280 mm
Table 71: MBPS/FCPS Physical Dimensions
236 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
17 MBPS/FCPS
17.4.2 MBPS Front Panel
The following figure shows the MBPS front panel, including the LEDs, fuses,rocker switches, equipment label and handle for easy removal and insertion.
ON
FU
SU
CU
FU T4A
SU T10A
CU T10A
ON
OFFFU
ON
OFFSU
ON
OFFCU
LEDs
Fuses
Rocker Switches
Equipment Labels
Handle
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
Figure 81: MBPS Front Panel
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 237 / 288
17 MBPS/FCPS
17.4.3 MBPS Rear View
A rear view of the MBPS is shown in the figure below, including the heat sinkand upper and lower connectors.
Upper Connector
Lower Connector
Heat Sink
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
Figure 82: MBPS Rear View
238 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
17 MBPS/FCPS
17.4.4 FCPS Front Panel
The following figure shows the FCPS front panel, including the On/Off switches,LEDs and fuses, as well as the handle for easy removal and insertion.
ON
FU
CU
FU T4A
CU T10A
ON
OFFFU
ON
OFFCU
LEDs
Fuses
Rocker Switches
Equipment Labels
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
Handle
Figure 83: FCPS Front Panel
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 239 / 288
17 MBPS/FCPS
17.4.5 FCPS Rear View
The figure below shows a rear view of the FCPS, including the heat sinkand upper and lower connectors.
Upper Connector
Lower Connector
Heat Sink
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
Figure 84: FCPS Rear View
240 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
17 MBPS/FCPS
17.5 EnvironmentThe power supplies meet the requirements for environmental conditions, fortheir safe and efficient operation, given in ETS 300 019-1-3 Class 3.2.
Environmental information is provided on:
Climatic Conditions
Mechanical Conditions.
17.5.1 Climatic Conditions
The following table lists the climatic parameters for the safe and efficientoperation of the power supplies.
Parameter Value
Ambient temperature: -10 o C to +70 o C
Relative humidity: 5 % to 95 %
Absolute humidity: 1 g/m 3 to 29 g/m 3
Temperature rate of change: [le ]2 o C
Air stream (forced cooling): > 3 L/s
Low air pressure: 70 kPa
High air pressure: 106 kPa
Table 72: DC/DC Power Supplies Climatic Conditions
17.5.2 Mechanical Conditions
The following table lists the mechanical parameters for the safe and efficientoperation of the power supplies.
Parameter - Value
Displacement amplitude:
Frequency range:
1.5 mm
2 to 9 Hz
Stationary vibration(sinusoidal)
Acceleration amplitude:
Frequency range:
5 m/ s 2
9 to 200 Hz
Shock Type L, peak acceleration: 40 m/ s 2
Table 73: DC/DC Power Supplies Mechanical Conditions
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 241 / 288
17 MBPS/FCPS
17.6 EMCThe following sections provide information on EMC for the DC/DC PowerSupplies.
The following information is provided:
Low frequency emissions
High frequency emissions
Immunity from radiated emissions.
17.6.1 Low Frequency
For conducted emission in the low frequency range, the inputs of the powersupply units meet the requirements given in prETS 300 132-2, Chapter 4.8.
17.6.2 High Frequency
For conducted emission in the high frequency range, the inputs of the powersupply meet the requirements given in EN 55022 Class B and ETS 300 386-1,Chapter 7.2.3.
The following table lists the requirements for EN 55022 Class B.
Frequency Range Average Quasi-peak
0.02 - 0.15 MHz - 79 dB[mu ]V
> 0.15 - 0.5 MHz 66 - 56 dB[mu ]V 56 - 46 dB[mu ]V
> 0.5 - 5 MHz 56 dB[mu ]V 46 dB[mu ]V
> 5 - 30 MHz 60 dB[mu ]V 50 dB[mu ]V
Table 74: DC/DC Power Supplies EN 55022 Class B Requirements
17.6.3 Immunity
For radiated emission, in the frequency range 30 MHz to 1000 MHz, the powersupplies meet the requirements given in EN 55022 Class B, Table 4.
For immunity to radiated emission, the power supplies meet the requirementsgiven in prETS 300 342-2, Chapter 9.2.
For immunity to electromagnetic fields, in the frequency range 80 MHz to1000 MHz, the power supplies meet the requirements given in ENV 50140Level 2 (3 V/m).
For immunity against Electrical Fast Transient-Bursts the power supplies meetthe requirements given in prETS 300 342-2, Chapter 9.4.
242 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
17 MBPS/FCPS
17.7 ESDThe DC/DC Power Supplies meet ESD requirements, detailed in the followingstandards:
prETS 300 342-2, Chapter 9.3
IEC 801-2 (IEC 1000-4-2) Level 3.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 243 / 288
17 MBPS/FCPS
244 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
18 DCDB
18 DCDB
This chapter provides a detailed description of the DCDB.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 245 / 288
18 DCDB
18.1 IntroductionThe DCDB (Direct Current Distribution Board) is used in DC-powered indoorBTSs. It provides breakers for the input supply and distributes the supplyto the BTS internal power supplies.
18.1.1 Functions
The DCDB provides two functions:
Manual power supply isolation for equipment maintenance purposes
Detection of current overload conditions with automatic power supplyisolation.
18.1.2 Components
The DCDB consists of three main components:
Input connections
Breakers
Output connections.
18.1.3 Diagram
The following figure shows a diagram of the DCDB and typical input supply.
GND0 V−48/−60 V
Power Cables from Filters
Breaker 4
Breaker 3
Breaker 2
Breaker 1
Figure 85: DCDB in a Mini-BTS with Two Subracks
246 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
18 DCDB
18.2 DCDB ComponentsThe DCDB contains the following components:
Input Connections
Circuit Breakers
Output Connections.
18.2.1 Input Connections
The DC input supply of -48/-60 VDC (nominal) is fed to the DCDB via inputfilters. The -48/-60 VDC supply lines are connected to the switched inputs ofthe breakers. Ground and 0 V input connections are made to connectorgroups associated with each breaker.
18.2.2 Circuit Breakers
If the load current exceeds 16 A, the circuit breaker automatically switchesoff the supply to the equipment it serves. (A short peak of over current doesnot cause it to switch off).
Front panel switches also allow the power supply to be switched off manually.
In all cases, the DCDB has to be switched on manually.
18.2.3 Output Connections
The -48/-60 VDC output connections are made to the switched outputs of thebreakers. Ground and 0 V output connections are made to the connectorgroups associated with each breaker.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 247 / 288
18 DCDB
18.3 ConfigurationsThere are various ways that the DCDB can be configured depending on thesize and type of the equipment it serves.
18.3.1 Mini-BTS with Two Subracks
The figure below shows the DCDB in a Mini-BTS with two subracksconfiguration.
BREAKER
16A
F21 2
16A
F11 2
−48/−60V
FILTER 1
4
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
2
1
5
X2
4
3
2
1
X1
4
3
2
1
X6
X5
−48/−60V 0V
GND
−48/−60V 0V
−48/−60V
CFU1
MBSR2
CFU1
MBSR2
0V/FILTER 2
MBSR2
SCREENING
CFU1
CFU1
MBSR1
CFU1
MBSR1
0V/FILTER 2
MBSR1
SCREENING
CFU1
II
I
X9
X Connector namesF Breakers
3
3
Figure 86: DCDB in a Mini-BTS with Two Subracks
248 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
18 DCDB
18.3.2 BTS with up to Eight Carriers
The following figure shows a DCDB in a BTS with upt to eight carriersconfiguration.
BREAKER
16A
F41 2
16A
F31 2
16A
F21 2
16A
F11 2
−48/−60V
−48/−60V
−48/−60V
FILTER 1
FILTER 2
X43
2
1
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
0V GND
X8 IV
X3 X7 III
4
3
2
1
X2
4
3
2
1
X1
4
3
2
1
X6
X5
−48/−60V 0V
−48/−60V 0V
−48/−60V 0V
FCSR3/FCPS1
FCSR3/FCPS2
0V/FILTER 4 SCREENING
FCSR2/FCPS1
0V/FILTER 3 SCREENING
MBSR2 MBSR2 MBSR2
0V/FILTER 4 SCREENING
COMBINER
CFU1
FCSR1/FCPS2
COMBINER
CFU1
COMBINER
CFU1
FCSR1/FCPS2
MBSR1 MBSR1 MBSR1
0V/FILTER 3 SCREENING
COMBINER
CFU1
FCSR1/FCPS1
COMBINER
CFU1
FCSR1/FCPS1
COMBINER
CFU1
FCSR1/FCPS1
FCSR3/FCPS2
FCSR3/FCPS1
FCSR3/FCPS2
FCSR2/FCPS2
FCSR2/FCPS1
FCSR2/FCPS2
FCSR2/FCPS1
FCSR2/FCPS2
FCSR1/FCPS2 II
I
X9
FCSR3/FCPS1
4
Figure 87: DCDB in a BTS with up to Eight Carriers
Note: If less than eight Carriers are equipped, excess cables are not connected.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 249 / 288
18 DCDB
18.3.3 Indoor Sectorized BTS with 3 x 2 Carriers
This figure shows a DCDC in an Indoor sectorized BTS with 3 x 2 carriers.
BREAKER
16A
F41 2
16A
F31 2
16A
F21 2
16A
F11 2
−48/−60V
−48/−60V
−48/−60V
FILTER 1
FILTER 2
X4
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
0V GND
X8 IV
X3 X7 III
4
3
2
1
X2
4
3
2
1
X1
4
3
2
1
X6
X5
−48/−60V 0V
−48/−60V 0V
−48/−60V 0V
MBSR1 III
0V/FILTER 4 SCREENING
0V/FILTER 3 SCREENING
MBSR2 I MBSR2 I MBSR2 I
0V/FILTER 4 SCREENING
CFU1 2
CFU1 1
CFU1 2
CFU1 1
CFU1 2
CFU1 1
MBSR1 I MBSR1 I MBSR1 I
0V/FILTER 3 SCREENING
CFU1 2
CFU1 1
CFU1 2
CFU1 1
CFU1 2
CFU1 1
MBSR2 III
MBSR1 III
MBSR2 III
MBSR1 III
MBSR2 III
MBSR1 II
MBSR2 II MBSR2 II
MBSR1 II
MBSR2 II
MBSR1 II
II
I
X9
I, II, III at MBSR designates number of BTS sectors
Figure 88: DCDB in a Sectorized Indoor BTS with 3 x 2 Carriers
250 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
18 DCDB
18.3.4 Outdoor Sectorized BTS with 3 x 2 Carriers
A DCDB in an outdoor sectorized BTS with 3 x 2 carriers is shown in thefigure below.
BREAKER
16A
F41 2
16A
F31 2
16A
F21 2
16A
F11 2
−48/−60V
−48/−60V
−48/−60V
FILTER 1
FILTER 2
X4
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
0V GND
X8 IV
X3 X7 III
4
2
1
X2
4
3
2
1
X1
4
3
2
1
X6
X5
−48/−60V 0V
−48/−60V 0V
−48/−60V 0V
NTPM/MW*
0V SCREENING
0V SCREENING
MBSR2 MBSR2
0V SCREENING
MBSR1 I MBSR1
0V SCREENING
NTPM/MW*
NTPM/MW*
NTPM/MW*
HEX1 HEX1
II
I
X9
I, II, III at MBSR designates number of BTS sectors
Smoke Det* Smoke Det*
MBSR2
MBSR1
NTPM/MW*
NTPM/MW*
HEX1
Smoke Det*
* Master BTS OnlyMW Microwave Equipment
NTPM Network Termination Primary Multiplexer
3
Figure 89: DCDB in a Sectorized Outdoor BTS with 3 x 2 Carriers
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 251 / 288
18 DCDB
18.4 Physical DescriptionThe DCDB comprises a front panel on which four Breakers are mounted. Thenormal switch-on position is up. The front panel is attached to a printed circuitboard which accommodates a matrix of spade terminals arranged in groups.
The DCDB assembly slides into a subrack guided by top and bottom rails. Thefront panel is fixed to the subrack frame by top and bottom screws of the frontpanel. This section describes the physical details of the DCDB.
It provides the following information:
Dimensions
Appearance.
18.4.1 Dimensions
The following table shows the DCDB physical dimensions.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 6 U 266.7 mm
Width: 10 T 50.8 mm
Depth: - 250.0 mm
Table 75: DCDB Physical Dimensions
252 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
18 DCDB
18.4.2 Appearance
The following figure shows the DCDB equipment assembly. It includes theSpade terminal matrix, the breakers and their input terminal, the breaker tailconnections and the breaker switches on the front panel.
4
3
2
1
Fixing HolesBreakers
Breaker Switches shown in Position "ON"
Cable Fixings
Equipment Labels
−48/−60 VDC Breaker Tail
Spade Terminal Matrix
− VDC 0 V GND
Input Terminals of BreakersFront Panel
Fixing Holes
Connection
Figure 90: DCDB Equipment Assembly
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 253 / 288
18 DCDB
254 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
19 SMBI
19 SMBI
This chapter provides a detailed description of the SMBI.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 255 / 288
19 SMBI
19.1 IntroductionThe BIE is used to connect distant BTSs to BSCs via a standard 2 Mbit/s(primary rate) G.703/G.704 type transmission network. This connection isknown as the Abis Interface.
The SMBI (Submultiplexer Base Station Interface) provides the BIE at the BTS.Its function is to multiplex traffic and signalling information between the AbisInterface and BTS BSIs and vice-versa. The following figure shows the locationof the SMBI in the simplest BSS configuration.
Base Station Interface
Equipment
SMBI
Long 2 Mbit/s LinkBTS
Abis Interface
Other BTS Equipment Other BSC
Equipment
BSI BSI
Base Station Interface Equipment
BSC
Figure 91: SMBI Logical Positioning
Abis Interface The SMBI provides two Abis Interfaces, allowing connection ofmultiple BTSs to the BSC in ring or chain-type architectures. A simple stararchitecture can also be used, requiring just one interface.
A single SMBI can handle six BSIs. These are shared between Frame Unitsand OMUs depending on the configuration. The SMBI also provides severalservice functions including BER measurement and loopback tests.
In larger configurations a second SMBI is employed, providing a total of 12BSIs. In this case, one SMBI is configured as "master" and is connected to theAbis Interface. The second, "slave" SMBI, is connected to the master, androutes its data to/from the Abis Interface through the master.
The mapping of the individual traffic and signalling channels between the AbisInterface and BSIs is programmable. This is done either locally, via the MMI, orremotely via the Transmission Q1 Link.
The main path through the unit is from the Abis Interface. It passes throughthe multiplexers, framers, PCM time slot switch, and out to the BSIs via thebit switch (and second SMBI if used). The SMBI operates in both directions,also multiplexing from the BSIs to the Abis Interface. The Microcontroller andremaining interfaces provide the O&M functions.
256 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
19 SMBI
19.2 SMBI Functions
19.2.1 Functional Blocks
The SMBI contains the following functional blocks:
G.703 interface
Multiplexer
Central clock unit
Framer/G.704 interface
PCM time slot switch
Bit switch
Microcontroller.
PCM Time Slot Switch
Bit Switch
Framer/G.704 Interface
Framer/G.704 Interface
Central Clock Unit
Multiplexer
MultiplexerG.703 Interface
Abis
Interface 2 to Slave SMBI
G.703 Interface
Abis
Interface 1 from BSC or Master SMBI
Microcontroller
LEDs TSST MMI
Reset
BSIs
TC Interface
ST Interface
DCL2
Station Unit Interface
Figure 92: SMBI Block Diagram
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 257 / 288
19 SMBI
19.2.2 G.703 Interface
The G.703 interface carries traffic and signalling information between the BSCand BTSs. It provides the connection to standard G.703 2 Mbit/s NetworkTerminators provided by the network link operator.
19.2.3 Multiplexer
The Multiplexer is simply a switch allowing an alternative to the Abis Interface tobe selected. Although the basic hardware has been included on the SMBI,this feature is not fully implemented.
19.2.4 Central Clock Unit
The Central Clock Unit provides a reference clock. It is extracted from the AbisInterface, or locally generated, and distributed throughout the SMBI and to theBTS via the Station Unit interface.
19.2.5 Framer/G.704 Interface
The Framer provides all the functions required for conversion of the Abis datastream into PCM frames including:
High Density Bipolar 3 coding
Alarm Indicator Signal detection
Channel 0 handling: e.g., Frame alignment, Cyclic Redundancy Check, Bit
Error Rate and Alarm Bit monitoring.
19.2.6 PCM Time Slot Switch
The PCM time slot switch multiplexes the incoming/outgoing Abis Interfacedata on a 8-bit time slot basis to a number of input/output streams. The outputis passed to the bit switch.
In order to accommodate the wide range of possible connection architectures,time slot allocations are configurable, according to a restricted set of mappings.
258 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
19 SMBI
19.2.7 Bit Switch
The Bit Switch multiplexes traffic data nibbles from the PCM Time Slot Switchoutputs to the BSIs. Frame Unit Signalling and O&M information is carried inchannels occupying whole 8-bit time slots.
Mapping
NOT USED / ALL ONES
TCH0
TCH1
TCH2
TCH3
TCH4
TCH5
TCH6
TCH7
NOT USED ALL ONES
FRAME UNIT SIGNALLING
NOT USED / ALL ONES
NOT USED / ALL ONES
NOT USED / ALL ONES
NOT USED / ALL ONES
NOT USED / ALL ONES
NOT USED / ALL ONES
NOT USED / ALL ONES
ALL ONES
Bit
TS0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
28
29
30
31
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
ALL ONES
BSI Frame (for Frame Unit 3)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NOT USED / ALL ONES
ALL ONES
NOT USED / ALL ONES
ALL ONES
NOT USED / ALL ONES
Bit
Frame Unit No. 1
Frame Unit No. 5
Frame Unit No. 2
Frame Unit No. 6
Frame Unit No. 3
Frame Unit No. 7
Frame Unit No. 4
Frame Unit
TCH 7
TCH 3
TCH 7
TCH 3
TCH 7
TCH 3
TCH 7
TCH 0 TCH 1 TCH 2 TCH 3
TCH 4 TCH 5 TCH 6
TCH 0 TCH 1 TCH 2 TCH 3
TCH 4 TCH 5 TCH 6
TCH 0 TCH 1 TCH 2 TCH 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0TS
Q1
BTS O&M CHANNEL 2
18
19
20
21
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
BTS O&M CHANNEL 1
FRAME UNIT 9 SIGNALLING
FRAME UNIT 8 SIGNALLING
FRAME UNIT 7 SIGNALLING
FRAME UNIT 6 SIGNALLING
FRAME UNIT 5 SIGNALLING
FRAME UNIT 4 SIGNALLING
FRAME UNIT 2 SIGNALLING
FRAME UNIT 1 SIGNALLING
28
29
30
31
22
23
24
25
26
27
Abis Interface Frame
FRAME UNIT 3 SIGNALLING
TCH 4 TCH 5 TCH 6 TCH 716
17 NOT USED
No. 8
TCH 7
TCH 7
TS 0 INFO1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TCH 3
TCH 7
TCH 3
TCH 2
TCH 6
TCH 2
TCH 6
TCH 2
TCH 6
TCH 2
TCH 6
TCH 2
TCH 6
TCH 1
TCH 5
TCH 1
TCH 5
TCH 1
TCH 5
TCH 1
TCH 5
TCH 1
TCH 5TCH 4
TCH 0
TCH 4
TCH 0
TCH 4
TCH 0
TCH 4
TCH 0
TCH 4
(TCH 0)
Figure 93: Typical Abis Interface to BSI Mapping at a BTS
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 259 / 288
19 SMBI
19.2.8 Microcontroller
The microcontroller provides the following functions:
Configuration
Monitoring of the SMBI and Abis Interface
O&M processing.
These functions are based around a highly integrated 16-bit microcontroller. AnEEPROM holds configuration settings including equipment addresses, AbisInterface to BSI mappings and the connection architecture.
Access to the controller can be gained locally via the MMI or remotely throughthe Abis Interface.
A watchdog circuit protects the microcontroller from hang-up behavior.
19.3 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the SMBI.
The following information is provided:
LEDs
Replacement
Power Supply
DIP Switch
Abis Interface Characteristics.
260 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
19 SMBI
19.3.1 LEDs
Status LEDs on the front panel indicate the status of the Abis Interface.
The function of the LEDs in a ring configuration is shown in the following table.
LED Meaning
A1 and A2 off: No power.
A1/A2 on: No Failure on Abis 1/Abis 2 Hardware.
A1/A2 blinking slowly: Failure of Abis 1/Abis 2 Hardware.
A1/A2 blinking fast: Severe SMBI Failure.
Table 76: LEDs A1/A2 on SMBI in Ring Configuration
In a star configuration or at the end of a chain, A2 is disabled. The function ofLED A1 in this configuration is shown in the following table.
LEDs Meaning
A1 off: No power.
A1 on: No Failure on Abis 1 Hardware.
A1 blinking slowly: Failure of Abis 1 Hardware.
A1 blinking fast: Severe SMBI Failure.
Table 77: LED A1 on SMBI in Star Configuration or End of Chain
If a second SMBI is used, only A1 is used on the slave board. The function ofLED A1 in this configuration is shown in the following table.
LEDs Meaning
A1 off: No power
A1 on: Power on
A1 blinking fast: Severe Failure (on second SMBI)
Table 78: LED A1 on Second SMBI
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 261 / 288
19 SMBI
19.3.2 Replacement
Removal and insertion of the SMBI, while power is present on the backplane,can result in damage to the unit.
Risk of Damage to EquipmentHot replacement of the SMBI is not permitted.
19.3.3 Power Supply
Power is supplied to the SMBI via the backplane connectors:
+5 VDC, 1.3 A max.
+12 VDC, 30 mA max.
19.3.4 DIP Switch
The impedance of the two Abis Interfaces can be independently configuredusing a DIP switch located on the board.
The following figure shows the switch positions, which can be set.
Both Interfaces = 120 Ohms
Abis 1 Abis 2
Abis 1 = 120 Ohms
Abis 2 = 75 Ohms
Abis 1 Abis 2
1 2 3 4
4321
Both Interfaces = 75 Ohms
4321
4321
Abis 1 = 75 Ohms
Abis 2 = 120 Ohms
Abis 1 Abis 2 Abis 1 Abis 2
Figure 94: Abis Interface Impedance Switch Settings
Note: Switches 2 and 4 must not be moved from their lower positions.
262 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
19 SMBI
19.3.5 Abis Interface Characteristics
The Abis Interface provides the connection to standard G.703 2 Mbit/s NetworkTerminators provided by the network link operator. The following table liststhe Abis Interface characteristics.
Characteristic Meaning
Signal interface: G.703
Bit rate: 2048 kbit/s
Impedance: 120 Ohm (galvanic isolated) or 75 Ohm.
Input sensitivity: -40 dB (max).
RLSC, RLSS - receive data.Interface signals:
TLSC, TLSS - transmit data.
Table 79: Abis Interface Characteristics
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 263 / 288
19 SMBI
19.4 Physical DescriptionThe SMBI is a multilayer board, which plugs into the 19" BTS subrack. Thissection describes the physical details of the SMBI.
It provides the following information:
Dimensions
Front Panel
Connections
Rear View.
19.4.1 Dimensions
The SMBI has the following dimensions shown in the following table.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 3 U 133.35 mm
Width: 5 T 25.4 mm
Depth: - 280 mm
Table 80: SMBI Physical Dimensions
264 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
19 SMBI
19.4.2 Front Panel
The following figure shows the front panel of the SMBI, including the AbisInterface connector and status LEDs.
A2
A1
Fixing Hole
Equipment Labels
Alarm LEDs
Abis 2 Connector
Abis 1 Connector
TSST Connector
MMI Connector
Reset Button
Handle
Fixing Hole
1
Figure 95: SMBI Front Panel
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 265 / 288
19 SMBI
19.4.3 Connections
The two Abis Interfaces share the 45 pin, 3-row male socket on the front panelwith the MMI and TSST connections.
The following table lists the front panel connector pin-outs.
Pin Row a Row b Row c
15 NC NC RLSC2
14 GND GND RLSS2
13 GND TLSS2 TLSC2
3*3 Abis2
12 NC NC NC
11 NC NC RLSC1
10 GND GND RLSS1
9 GND TLSS1 TLSC1
3*3 Abis1
8 NC NC NC
7 RTSSTT(unused)
GND TTSSTT(unused)
6 RTSSTF(unused)
NC TTSSTF(unused)
5 NC GND STSST (unused)
3*3 TSST(unused)
4 NC NC NC
3 NC GND MFRMCON
2 NC GND SMMI
1 RMMI GND TMMI
3*3 MMI
Table 81: SMBI Front Panel Connector
NC = Not Connected
266 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
19 SMBI
19.4.4 Rear View
The following figure shows a rear view of the SMBI, including its connectors.
D C B A
Rear Connector
1
32
Fixing Hole
Fixing Hole
Figure 96: SMBI Rear View
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 267 / 288
19 SMBI
268 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
20 CFU1/CFUA/CFUT
20 CFU1/CFUA/CFUT
This chapter provides a detailed description of the cooling fans.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 269 / 288
20 CFU1/CFUA/CFUT
20.1 IntroductionCooling Fans are used in all BTS configurations to regulate the BTS internaltemperature.
20.1.1 Types
Three types of Cooling Fan are used, depending on the BTS configuration:
CFU1
CFUT
CFUA.
The following table describes the application of the three cooling fan types.
Fan Type Application
CFU1 Used in all BTSs
Where a large flow of air is required, an additional CFU1 can be used.
CFUT Used at the top of large BTS cabinets.
CFUA Used in MCI2 cabinets supplied with AC power to improve forced cooling of the ADPS(version 3BK 01917 ABBA).
Table 82: Cooling Fan Types
Note: A BTS cannot be equipped with a CFUT and a CFUA.
270 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
20 CFU1/CFUA/CFUT
20.1.2 Temperature Sensor
A Temperature Sensor Board is mounted on top of the uppermost subrackwithin the cabinet.
20.1.3 Typical Positioning
The following figure shows typical positioning of a CFU1, CFUT, CFUA andtemperature sensor relative to the equipment subracks.
Temperature Sensor Board
CFUT
CFU1
Subrack 2
Subrack 1
Subrack 3
Control
Temperature Sensor Board
CFUA
AC−DC Power Supply Subrack 2
Subrack 1
ControlControlControl
CFU1
Figure 97: CFU1, CFUT, CFUA and Temperature Sensor Positioning
The following figure shows a combined CFU1, CFUT/CFUA and temperaturesensor block diagram.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 271 / 288
20 CFU1/CFUA/CFUT
Fans Speed Sensors RemoteTemperature
Sensors
DC/DC Converter
Control Board
Station Unit
LEDs CFU1
LEDs CFUT/CFUA
Speed SensorsFans
CFUA/CFUT
CFU1
−48/−60 VDC
Figure 98: CFU1 and CFUT/CFUA Block Diagram
272 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
20 CFU1/CFUA/CFUT
20.2 Functional ComponentsThe Cooling Fan Units contain the following functional components:
Fans and speed sensors
DC/DC Converters
Control Board.
20.2.1 Fans and Speed Sensors
The CFU1 and CFUT each contain six fans with speed sensors. The CFUAcontains two fans with speed sensors. The CFU1 controls the speed of all fans.
20.2.2 DC/DC Converters
The CFU1 DC/DC Converter provides +5 VDC and +40 VDC supplies for theFans and Control Board. This includes the supply to the CFUT/CFUA, ifthey are used.
20.2.3 Control Board
The Control Board uses signals from the speed and temperature sensors tocontrol the speed of the fans as follows:
At temperatures below 27 o C the fans run at a fixed low speed
At temperatures above 55 o C they run at maximum speed
At temperatures between 27 o C and 55 o C the speed of the fan units islinearly controlled.
Alarms The Control Board also reports up to five alarm conditions to theStation Unit. The following table describes the Control Board alarms andthe corresponding fault indication.
Alarm Fault Indication
Normal Alarm One fan of the CFU1 or CFUT/CFUAis faulty.
Red LED blinks
Urgent Alarm More than one fan is faulty. Red LED blinks
Temperature Alarm Temperature exceeds 70 o C or thesensor connections faulty.
Red LED on
NALA and UALA The DC/DC Converter is faulty. All LEDs are off
NALA, UALA and TALA The input supply cable is damaged orthe DC/DC Converter is faulty.
All LEDs are off
Table 83: Control Board Alarms
Note: NALA and UALA are duplicated to serve the CFUT/CFUA (when fitted).
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 273 / 288
20 CFU1/CFUA/CFUT
20.3 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the cooling fans.
The following information is provided:
LEDs
Power Supply.
20.3.1 LEDs
Front panel LEDs indicate normal operation (green LEDs) or an alarm condition(red LEDs) for both the CFU1 and CFUT/CFUA.
20.3.2 Power Supply
Power is supplied to the cooling fans via the CFU1 DC/DC converter. The inputsupply voltage to the CFU1 is -48/-60 VDC (nominal).
20.4 CFU1 Physical DescriptionThe CFU1 assembly contains the six fans and control board. On the top andunderside of the assembly a guard grid is fitted over each fan for protection.A front panel contains the status indication LEDs. On the rear section theinterface connectors and the DC/DC Converter with heat sink are mounted.
20.4.1 Dimensions
The CFU1 physical dimensions are shown in the following table.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 1 U 44.45 mm
Width: - 480 mm
Depth: - 338 mm
Table 84: CFU1 Physical Dimensions
274 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
20 CFU1/CFUA/CFUT
20.4.2 Appearance
The physical appearance of the CFU1 is shown in the figure below. The figureshows the front panel with the indication LEDs, a top view showing the fans anda rear view showing the connectors.
Power Supply Connectors
DIN Connector
CFUT/CFUA
Temperature Sensor
Station Unit
CFU1 Rear View
Fans
Heat Sink
Control Board
Mode Switching Strap
Guard Grid Fitted on Top and Underside of all Fans
Top View
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33
CFUT
FAULT
CFU1
ON
LEDs
Fixing Holes
Equipment Labels
Front Panel View
Fixing Holes
ON FAULT
1913
Figure 99: CFU1 Mechanical Assembly
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 275 / 288
20 CFU1/CFUA/CFUT
20.5 CFUT Physical DescriptionThe CFUT casing is similar to the CFU1. However, a top panel is includedwhich is perforated to provide air outlets.
20.5.1 Dimensions
The CFUT physical dimensions are shown in the following table.
Dimension Size (Units) Size (mm)
Height: 1 U 44.45 mm
Width: - 415 mm
Depth: - 270 mm
Table 85: CFUT Physical Dimensions
276 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
20 CFU1/CFUA/CFUT
20.5.2 Appearance
The following figure shows the rear, top and bottom views of the CFUT.
Top View
Guard Grid Fitted under all Fans
Rear View
One Meter Connecting Cable and Interface Connector DIN 3x7 Female
Bottom View
Seal Fitted all Round
Perforated Apertures
Fixing Holes
Fixing Holes
Equipment Labels
Ground Connector
Figure 100: CFUT Mechanical Assembly
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 277 / 288
20 CFU1/CFUA/CFUT
20.6 CFUA Physical DescriptionThe CFUA comprises a printed circuit board on which two fans and the speedsensors are mounted. The CFUA is mounted in the bottom of the upperMini-BTS Subrack.
20.6.1 Dimensions
The CFUA dimensions are shown in the following table.
Dimension Size (mm)
Height: 22 mm
Width: 43 mm
Depth: 279 mm
Table 86: CFUA Physical Dimensions
20.6.2 Appearance
The CFUA mechanical assembly is shown in the figure below. It includes bothtop and side views.
FanRear Front
Side View
Rear
Front
Cable
Top View
Fixing Screw
Connector
Equipment Labels
Fan
Fan Fan
Fixing Bolt
Fixing Nut
Fixing Bolt
Fixing Screw
Figure 101: CFUA Mechanical Assembly
278 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
21 MCIB
21 MCIB
This chapter provides a detailed description of the MCIB.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 279 / 288
21 MCIB
21.1 IntroductionThe MCIB is mounted in the side of the Mini-BTS MCI2 cabinet to attachthe external power and signal cables. It can be used in both AC and DCpowered BTSs.
The following sections provide O&M information and a physical description ofthe MCIB.
21.2 O&MThis section describes the O&M functions of the MCIB.
The following information is provided:
External Alarm Cables
Q1 Test Cable
Jumper Connections.
21.2.1 External Alarm Cables
The pre-equipped cabling and jumper field connect the external alarm lines tothe Station Unit alarm inputs and provide access for factory tests.
There are three cables:
External Alarm Cable 4
Door Alarm Cable 1
External Alarm Cables 2 and 3.
External alarms enter the cabinet via External Alarm Cable 4 (EAC4). The"free-end" of this cable is mounted on the MCIB external connection plate, the"fixed-end" being directly connected to the inputs of the jumper field.
Door Alarm Cable 1 (DAC1) connects the optional Mini-BTS Door Switch to thejumper field. The DAC1 is connected directly to the MDSW and the jumper field.
External Alarm Cable 2 and External Alarm Cable 3 are directly connectedto the outputs of the jumper field. The ’free-ends’ connect to the front panelalarm inputs on the Station Unit boards: EAC2 connects to the SCFE, EAC3to the SACE.
21.2.2 Q1 Test Cable
The Q1 Test Cable is pre-mounted on the connection plate, the "free-end" beingconnected to the SCFE via the subrack.
21.2.3 Jumper Connections
The insertion of a plug in the jumper field disconnects the link at that point,providing a limited alarm selection mechanism.
A jumper must be inserted at one of two positions to select between theinternal and external door alarms:
Jumper X1, pos. 2 plugged = Enable internal door alarm
Jumper X2, pos. 7 plugged = Enable external door alarm.
280 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
21 MCIB
21.3 Physical DescriptionThe MCIB consists of a stainless steel open box, with punched holes for thevarious signal cable connectors. Mounting holes are spaced around the outeredge. A blanking plate covers the power supply connection.
This section describes the physical details of the MCIB. It provides the followinginformation:
Dimensions
Front and Side View
Rear View
Cables.
21.3.1 Dimensions
The dimensions of the MCIB are shown in the following table.
Dimension Size
Height: 180 mm
Width: 240 mm
Depth: 35 mm
Table 87: MCIB Physical Dimensions
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 281 / 288
21 MCIB
21.3.2 Front and Side View
The following figure shows the front view of the MCIB (as seen from the outsideof the MCI2), and a side view.
Equipment Labels
Side View Front View
Input Supply Label
Mounting Holes
Power Supply Cover Plate
Sub−D Type Connector Holes
High Voltage Warning Label
Clock N Clock R Clock N Clock R
Abis Link A Abis Link B Q1−Test
Ext Alarm
NOMINAL INPUT
Current: xxxVoltage: xxx
0 V xx/xxV
Power Cable Clip
Figure 102: MCIB Front and Side Views
282 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
21 MCIB
21.3.3 Rear View
The following figure shows the rear view of the MCIB (as seen from inside theMCI2), including the position of the filter unit, internal cables and jumper field.
Cover Plate & Warning Label
DB6C for (DC) or ACPC for (AC)
Internal Power Cable
PowerSupplyFilter
Power Input Cable
X1
X2
8 67 5 4 3 2 1
Internal Cables
External alarm connection jumper field with pre−equipped external alarm cables
#5
#3 DB6CACPC#4
#8#1#2
#1
#2or
#1
#2or
#1
#2or
#1
#2or
#3
#4or
#3
#4or #
5#6
#7
#8
#9
#6#7
#9
X1, X2
Master Mini−BTS Clock CableSlave Mini−BTS Clock CableInternal Mini−BTS 2 Mbit Cable (120 Ohms)Internal Mini−BTS 2 Mbit Cable (75 Ohms) Door Alarm Cable 1EAC3EAC2
Q1 Test CableEAC4DC Power CableAC Power CableJumpers
Figure 103: Equipped MCIB Rear View Inside the MCI2
21.3.4 Cables
The clock and Abis Interface and Q1 Test connector (Sub-D type) are mountedon the MCIB from the inside. The pins are accessible from the outside of thecabinet, to which the external signal cables are connected.
Pre-equipped cabling is used for the connection of external alarms and the Q1Test interface. A jumper field allows the selection of an internal or external dooralarm, or the alteration of alarm connection mappings (although the latter isnormally performed by software).
The external power cable is fixed to the cabinet by a cable clip. The AC or DCfilter unit (which is a component of the internal cable set) is mounted on theMCIB from the rear.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 283 / 288
21 MCIB
284 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
22 CUDP/FUDP
22 CUDP/FUDP
This chapter gives a detailed description of the CUDP and FUDP for G2BTS subracks.
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 285 / 288
22 CUDP/FUDP
22.1 IntroductionDummy panels are used to replace Frame Units and Carrier Units when a slotis left vacant in certain BTS subrack configurations.
There are two types of dummy panel:
CUDP
FUDP
In appearance, their front panels are different in size and there are variations onthe backplane connectors.
22.2 CUDP Physical DescriptionThis section describes the physical details of the CUDP. It provides thefollowing information:
Front Panel
Side View (showing the backplane connectors).
The CUDP consists of a single board with a front panel and backplaneconnector(s). The CUDP has one backplane connector. The signals, presentedto the connectors, are terminated with resistors.
BackplaneConnector
X100
Front Panel Side View
Fixing Holes
Handle
Fixing Holes
Handle
Equipment Labels
Figure 104: CUDP Front Panel and Backplane Connector
286 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03
22 CUDP/FUDP
22.3 FUDP Physical DescriptionThis section describes the physical details of the FUDP.
It provides the following information:
Front Panel
Side View (showing the backplane connectors).
The FUDP consists of a single board with a front panel and backplaneconnector(s). The FUDP has two backplane connectors. The signals,presented to the connectors, are terminated with resistors.
BackplaneConnectors
X100
Front Panel Side View
X101
Fixing Holes
Handle
Fixing Holes
Handle
Equipment Labels
Figure 105: FUDP Front Panel and Backplane Connectors
3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03 287 / 288
22 CUDP/FUDP
22.4 ConfigurationsThe FUDP and CUDP are used in the following subrack configurations:
MBSR2s, housed in single-carrier MCI2s, with Station Unit redundancy
MBSR2s, housed in single-carrier Mini-BTS Cabinet Outdoor Two Subracks,
with Station Unit redundancy
MBSR2s, housed in single-carrier Mini-BTS Cabinet Outdoor FourSubracks, with Station Unit redundancy
MBSR2s, housed in single-carrier Cabinet Equipment 1.2 m, with StationUnit redundancy
MBSR2s, housed in 3 x 1 sectorized Cabinet Equipment 2 m, with Station
Unit redundancy
FCSRs housed in CBE2s.
Each configuration requires a particular type of Dummy Panel. The tablebelow lists the Dummy Panels, and their part numbers, used for the aboveconfigurations.
22.5 ApplicationsThere are two types of FUDP, which replace the following Frame Units:
Three-board Frame Unit (FUCO, FICE and DADE)
Single-board Frame Units (DRFU).
There are three types of CUDP, which replace the Carrier Unit.
The following table lists the five types of Dummy Panel and their individualapplications.
Unit Part No. Application
CUDP 3BK 06170 AA Replaces Carrier Unit in MBSR2.
CUDP 3BK 06170 AB Replaces Carrier Unit in FCSR AA.
CUDP 3BK 06170 AC Replaces Carrier Unit in FCSR AB.
FUDP 3BK 06174 AA Replaces three-board Frame Unit in CBE2 racks.
FUDP 3BK 06174 AB Replaces single-board Frame Units (DRFU) inCBE2s and MBSR2s.
Table 88: Types of Dummy Panel
288 / 288 3BK 21248 AAAA TQZZA Ed.03